{"title":"Eratac\/Recknagel","description":"\u003cp\u003eERATAC und Recknagel entwickeln Präzisionsmontagen für Zielfernrohre, Wärmebild- und Nachtsichtsysteme für Nutzer, bei denen eine Montage nicht einfach Zubehör ist – sondern die mechanische Verbindung zwischen Waffe, Optik und Vertrauen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eViele Schützen investieren tausende Euro in Zielfernrohr, Wärmebild oder Night Vision – und sparen dann ausgerechnet an dem Bauteil, das alles zusammenhält. Genau dort entstehen die Probleme, die draußen später niemand sofort erkennt: minimale Spannungen, wandernde Treffpunktlage, instabile Klemmung oder Systeme, denen man nach ein paar hundert Schuss plötzlich nicht mehr vollständig vertraut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUnd genau DAS ist der Punkt, an dem ERATAC weltweit so relevant geworden ist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDenn eine hochwertige Optik bringt nichts, wenn die Montage ihre Arbeit nicht kompromisslos sauber erledigt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;\"\u003eWarum ERATAC \/ Recknagel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eERATAC entstand aus Recknagel – einem der traditionsreichsten deutschen Hersteller für Waffen- und Optikmontagen überhaupt. Während Recknagel seit Jahrzehnten für präzise Jagd- und Waffenmontagen steht, wurde ERATAC als kompromisslose Tactical- und Präzisionslinie für moderne Long-Range-, Night-Vision- und Behörden-Setups entwickelt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDie große Stärke liegt dabei nicht nur in Material oder Verarbeitung – sondern in echter mechanischer Präzision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDenn moderne Waffenplattformen verzeihen keine schlechten Montagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGerade bei:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong Range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNight Vision\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermal-Clip-Ons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR10- \u0026amp; AR15-Systemen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003estarken Kalibern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ewiederholtem Abnehmen \u0026amp; Montieren\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eharten Temperaturwechseln\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ezeigen sich Unterschiede brutal schnell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEine schlechte Montage verliert nicht immer sofort das Zero. Viel gefährlicher ist etwas anderes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDu verlierst langsam das Vertrauen ins System.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUnd genau das zerstört Präzision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWer ständig denkt:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e„War das jetzt ich?“\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e„Oder ist die Montage gewandert?“\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e„Sitzt das Glas noch sauber?“\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eschießt automatisch schlechter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGenau deshalb sind hochwertige Präzisionsmontagen kein Luxus – sondern die Grundlage jedes ernsthaften Optiksystems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;\"\u003eWas ERATAC mechanisch so stark macht\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eERATAC-Montagen wirken massiv – und genau das ist gewollt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDie Systeme sind darauf ausgelegt:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRückstoß sauber aufzunehmen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpannungen gleichmäßig zu verteilen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptiken reproduzierbar zu halten\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClip-On-Systeme stabil zu tragen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eauch unter harter Belastung wiederholgenau zu bleiben\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGerade bei Wärmebild- und Night-Vision-Systemen wird oft unterschätzt, wie kritisch hundertstel Millimeter tatsächlich sind. Minimales Spiel reicht aus, damit ein gesamtes Setup Vertrauen verliert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGenau deshalb gehören ERATAC-Systeme weltweit zu den stärksten Lösungen für:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong Range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePräzisionsschützen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eprofessionelle Anwender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNight-Vision-Setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermal-Vorsatztechnik\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003emoderne AR-Plattformen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAuch die Schnellspannsysteme wirken extrem durchdacht. Viele QD-Montagen werben mit „Quick Detach“, verlieren dabei aber Präzision oder arbeiten mechanisch unsauber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eERATAC-Systeme dagegen fühlen sich an wie Präzisionswerkzeug – nicht wie Zubehör.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:20px;\"\u003eUnsere Einschätzung zu ERATAC \/ Recknagel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eERATAC und Recknagel gehören für uns klar zu den stärksten Montagesystemen weltweit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDie Stärke liegt nicht in Marketing oder „Operator-Optik“, sondern in etwas viel Wichtigerem:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVertrauen.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDenn genau darum geht es bei Präzision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWenn ein Schütze seinem System vollständig vertraut, schießt er ruhiger, sauberer und kontrollierter. Genau dieses Gefühl erzeugen hochwertige Montagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBesonders interessant sind ERATAC-Systeme für Nutzer, die:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ehochwertige Optiken montieren\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong Range ernsthaft betreiben\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNight Vision nutzen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClip-On-Systeme sauber aufbauen möchten\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ekeine Kompromisse bei Wiederholgenauigkeit eingehen wollen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eein Setup für viele Jahre statt für Social Media bauen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIm direkten Vergleich zu billigen Scope-Mounts wirken ERATAC-Systeme:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003epräziser\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003emassiver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eruhiger unter Rückstoß\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003evertrauenswürdiger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003emechanisch sauberer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eprofessioneller in jeder Bewegung\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUnd genau DAS spürt man draußen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNicht auf dem Datenblatt.\u003cbr\u003e\nNicht im Instagram-Post.\u003cbr\u003e\nSondern wenn das System nach hunderten Schuss, Transport, Temperaturwechsel und harter Nutzung immer noch exakt das tut, was es soll.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eERATAC baut keine Montagen für Vitrinen – sondern Präzisionsschnittstellen für Systeme, denen Schützen unter realen Bedingungen vollständig vertrauen müssen.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"recknagel-akm-docter-zcomp-pica-hebel-57070-1200","title":"Recknagel AKM DOCTER\/ZComp\/Pica\/Lever","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{\nfont-family: Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;\nline-height:1.6;\ncolor:#222;\n}\n.br-product h1{\nfont-size:1.4rem;\nmargin-bottom:10px;\n}\n.br-product h2{\nfont-size:1.2rem;\nmargin-top:28px;\n}\n.br-product ul{\npadding-left:18px;\n}\n.br-product .info-box{\nbackground:#ffdddd;\nborder-left:6px solid #c40000;\npadding:12px;\nmargin:20px 0;\n}\n.br-product .tip-box{\nbackground:#eef6ff;\nborder-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;\npadding:12px;\nmargin:20px 0;\n}\n.br-product .trust-box{\nbackground:#eaf7ea;\nborder-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;\npadding:12px;\nmargin:20px 0;\n}\n.br-product .compare-box{\nbackground:#f5f5f5;\nborder-left:6px solid #444;\npadding:12px;\nmargin:20px 0;\n}\n.br-product details{\nbackground:#f2f2f2;\npadding:10px;\nmargin-bottom:8px;\nborder-radius:4px;\n}\n.br-product summary{\nfont-weight:600;\ncursor:pointer;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch1\u003eRecknagel AKM DOCTER\/ZComp\/Pica\/Lever – Quick Detach Mount for Red Dot Sights on Picatinny\/Weaver\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf your red dot sight wobbles during a driven hunt, the mount is the weak point.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Recknagel AKM DOCTER\/ZComp\/Pica\/Lever is a professional quick-release mount for attaching compact red dot sights like DOCTER\/Noblex, Burris-FastFire, Meosight, or Zeiss-Compact-Point systems to a Picatinny or Weaver rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe practical benefit lies in the combination of a low, clean connection and quick removal via a lever. You use your red dot sight for quick target acquisition – and can remove it for transport, cleaning, or setup changes in a controlled manner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhy exactly this Recknagel Red Dot Mount?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ for DOCTER\/Noblex, Burris-FastFire, Meosight, and Zeiss-Compact-Point compatible sights\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ Picatinny\/Weaver interface for modern rails\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ Lever clamping for quick, tool-free removal\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ ideal for driven hunts, tracking, fast hunting rifles, and compact backup setups\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ precise Recknagel manufacturing for repeatable, clean attachment\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this mount?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA red dot sight is only as fast as its mount is reliable. If the sight sits too high, clamps poorly, or doesn't return cleanly after removal, you lose precisely the advantage for which you mount a red dot in the first place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou mount a compact red dot sight on an existing Picatinny\/Weaver rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou can quickly remove and reattach the sight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou keep your setup low, compact, and practical for hunting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou avoid improvised adapter solutions with unnecessary height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe difference to simple adapter plates\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n❌ Adapter sits too high, clamps unevenly, or loses its defined position when changed\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ Recknagel mount: defined interface, lever clamping, and clean integration on Picatinny\/Weaver\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor fast target images, it's not just the dot that matters – but whether the dot reliably stays where it belongs.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical scenario: Driven hunt rifle with Red Dot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou have a rifle with a Picatinny rail and want a flat red dot setup for dynamic hunting. This mount is designed to make the small sight quickly available. Mark the rail slot and always attach the mount there – this makes your system more reproducible.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecknagel AKM quick-release mount for compact red dot sights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003esuitable for Picatinny and Weaver rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLever clamping for quick, tool-free removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eflat solution for hunting and sporting setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eideal for driven hunts, tracking, handgun\/rifle setups with mini red dots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVariant: Standard – SKU 57070-1200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho is it suitable for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunters:\u003c\/strong\u003e if a small red dot sight needs to sit cleanly on Picatinny\/Weaver.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDriven hunt users:\u003c\/strong\u003e if quick target acquisition is more important than magnification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSport shooters:\u003c\/strong\u003e if red dot changes or transport without tools are useful.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSetup optimizers:\u003c\/strong\u003e if a compact, high-quality adapter solution is sought.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant Mounting Note\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMounts are precision components. Before purchase, the weapon system, rail\/prism dimensions, tube diameter, mounting height, and optics interface must match exactly.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClean and degrease mounting surfaces, tighten screws according to manufacturer\/gunsmith specifications, and check point of impact after mounting. This text does not replace a professional mounting check.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Recknagel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: AKM \/ quick-release mount for red dot sight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapon interface: Picatinny \/ Weaver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptics interface: DOCTER\/ZComp-compatible red dot sights depending on sight standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClamping: Lever\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: 57070-1200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this mount fit every Picatinny rail?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for Picatinny\/Weaver profiles. It is still crucial that the rail is cleanly manufactured and that the used slot offers sufficient space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy is a lever useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lever allows quick, tool-free removal. This is practical for transport, cleaning, or when you switch between optics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to re-zero after removal?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA control shot is always advisable. Repeatability depends on clean clamping, the same position on the rail, and professional mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEspecially with a Recknagel red dot mount for Picatinny or Weaver, the combination of low profile, clean clamping, and clear optics interface determines true practical utility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Recknagel","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56680090567004,"sku":"57070-1200","price":93.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/Recknagel_AKM_DOCTER_ZComp_Pica_Hebel_57070-1200.jpg?v=1777376527"},{"product_id":"eratac-picatinny-schiene-fur-ak47-74","title":"ERATAC Picatinny Rail for AK47\/ 74","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Picatinny Rail for AK47\/74 – Short Red Dot Rail instead of Original AK Rear Sight\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou want to mount a compact red dot sight centrally on an AK47\/AK74 without having to set up a large side mount.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Picatinny Rail 57050-003J replaces the original rear sight leaf and creates a short Picatinny mounting surface above the barrel axis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for non-magnifying red dot sights, not for long scopes or heavy optic setups. The rail is short, light, and flat – this is precisely its benefit, but also its limitation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant Note on Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis rail changes the sight\/optic logic of your AK: The original rear sight leaf is replaced. Before purchasing, check: AK47\/AK74 model, rear sight mount, compatibility of your AK clone, desired optic, height of the red dot sight, zeroing after mounting, and whether you still need a mechanical sighting solution.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eReplaces the original rear sight leaf:\u003c\/strong\u003e creating a central optic mount without a side AK mount.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e6 Picatinny slots:\u003c\/strong\u003e sufficient for many compact red dot sights, but not intended for long optic setups.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e7075 aluminum:\u003c\/strong\u003e sensible for a lightweight rail that must still sit dimensionally stable on the weapon.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eMil-Spec Type III hard anodizing:\u003c\/strong\u003e protects the surface and matches the ERATAC mounting logic.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e37 g weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the AK setup significantly slimmer than many side mounts.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe AK platform is often more difficult than AR systems for optic mounting. Side rails, gas tube solutions, and dust cover mounts each have their own disadvantages in terms of height, repeatability, or ergonomics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis ERATAC rail solves a small, clear problem: mounting a compact red dot flat and centrally. It is not a universal base for every optic, but a reduced solution for users who want to build a slim AK with a reflex sight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentral optic position:\u003c\/strong\u003e the red dot sight sits above the barrel axis instead of offset to the side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShort profile:\u003c\/strong\u003e the rail does not add unnecessary bulk and keeps the setup compact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed dot focus:\u003c\/strong\u003e particularly useful for fast target acquisition with non-magnifying optics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReversibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e since it is mounted in place of the rear sight, the conversion is fundamentally reversible, provided all original parts are retained.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's Tip: Don't just visually inspect after mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTolerances are real with AK systems. Insert the rail cleanly, tighten it according to the manufacturer's specifications, and then check for play, canting, or a crooked optical line.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAlways zero it afterwards. An optic on a newly mounted rail is never automatically zeroed.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso, check if you still get a natural cheek weld with your chosen red dot height. Overly high setups negate the advantage of the compact AK solution.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC AK rail is strong if you are looking for a lightweight, central red dot solution for AK47\/AK74. It is particularly interesting for sporting AK setups, training weapons, and compact field\/range configurations where a large optic is not planned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is less suitable if you want to mount an LPVO, thermal attachment, large rifle scope, or heavy optics. For these, you need a different mounting base with more length, bearing surface, and sensible eye relief logic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAK47\/AK74 setups with a compact red dot sight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSport shooters looking for a flat, central optic mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to set up a large AK side mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight training and range configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong rifle scopes or LPVOs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy optics with a large lever on a short rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAK variants with incompatible rear sight mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who want to retain the original mechanical rear sight unchanged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC AK rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e light, flat, and direct for compact red dots above the barrel axis.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eAK side mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e better for larger optics, but often higher, heavier, and bulkier.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eDust cover mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e can offer more surface area depending on the system, but heavily dependent on the quality of the dust cover and locking mechanism.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC rail is worthwhile if you deliberately want to keep it small and central. It is not the right base for heavy or long optical systems.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange \/ Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e compact red dot configuration for fast target acquisition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDynamic Sport Shooting:\u003c\/strong\u003e slim AK setup without a large side mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting use with Red Dot:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful when short distances and fast target acquisition are the priority.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConversion of existing AK setups:\u003c\/strong\u003e if the original rear sight is to make way for a Picatinny red dot mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Secure Original Parts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nStore the rear sight leaf, screws, and small parts neatly. Small original parts are easily lost, especially with AK conversions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you want to convert it back or sell the setup later, a complete original condition is much easier.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026 Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting position:\u003c\/strong\u003e in place of the original rear sight leaf – no classic side mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny profile:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 slots for compact red dot sights and suitable Picatinny mounts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7075 aluminum – high strength with low weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNut block:\u003c\/strong\u003e hardened stainless steel – relevant for clamping in the weapon mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 mm – keeps the optic base flat, but the final sight height is determined by your red dot mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 84 × 21 × 11 mm – short enough for compact AK setups, but limited for long optics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – Mounting accessories Made in Germany.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrder number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 57050-003J – unique identification of the AK47\/AK74 rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform:\u003c\/strong\u003e AK47\/AK74 – Check compatibility of the specific AK model beforehand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRail standard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picatinny – suitable for corresponding red dot mounts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlots:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 cross slots – sufficient for compact reflex sights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum 7075 – light and durable for a short optic base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e hard anodized according to Mil-Spec Type III, matte black – protection against abrasion and corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 84 × 21 × 11 mm – short, low profile design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 37 g – low additional load on the AK system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Picatinny Rail for AK47\/AK74\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws as per product specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo red dot sight, no optic mount, no tools, no AK side mount, and no mechanical replacement rear sight. If your red dot requires its own mount or spacers, these must fit separately.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the rail fit every AK47 or AK74?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is designed for AK47\/AK74 setups, but AK clones and manufacturing tolerances may vary. Check the rear sight mount of your specific model before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I mount a scope on it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTechnically it is a Picatinny rail, but practically it is intended for compact non-magnifying red dot sights. For LPVOs or long scopes, the rail is too short and not the most suitable base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After any change to optics or mounting, the point of impact must be checked and the optic re-zeroed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the original rear sight remain?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the rail replaces the original rear sight leaf. You should keep the original part for a possible conversion back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the advantage over a side mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe solution is lighter and more central. A side mount can be more sensible for larger optics, but usually builds heavier and higher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Picatinny Rail for AK47\/74 is a clean solution for users who want to mount a compact red dot flat on the AK. It is strong for slim training and range setups, but not the right base for large or heavy optics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681785688412,"sku":"57050-003J","price":93.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/ERATAC_Picatinny_Schiene_f_r_AK47_AK74.jpg?v=1777376519"},{"product_id":"eratac-hk-karabinerhaken-stahl-pulverbeschichtet","title":"ERATAC HK Snap Hook, Steel, Powder-Coated","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC HK Carabiner Hook T0500-0001 – Steel Hook for 25mm Slings and HK Eyelets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA sling hook must be quick to operate, but must not become a weak point under tension.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC HK Carabiner Hook T0500-0001 is a powder-coated steel hook for carrying straps up to 25 mm wide and up to 4 mm thick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is intended as a connection between the sling and a suitable HK eyelet or HK adapter. It does not replace a sling adapter on the weapon and does not automatically fit every rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note regarding classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis item is just the HK carabiner hook. You need a suitable HK eyelet, an ERATAC HK adapter, or another suitable attachment point on the weapon. Before purchasing, check: sling width 25 mm, sling thickness up to 4 mm, eyelet\/adapter size, freedom of movement, noise behavior, and desired carrying method.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eSteel construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e sensible for stressed sling connections where tension and movement come together.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003ePowder-coated surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e protects the hook and reduces bare metal surfaces.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e25mm sling width:\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for many 1-inch\/25mm carrying straps.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUp to 4mm sling thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e important for thicker webbing or sewn ends.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e50mm length:\u003c\/strong\u003e compact hook, but with sufficient gripping surface for quick attachment.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHK carabiner hooks are simple, but very practical in sling systems. They can be quickly attached and detached and work with suitable eyelets or adapters without a push-button QD system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe limit lies in noise and mobility. Metal hooks can rattle, rotate, and hit the weapon. This may not matter for some range or training setups, but it can be distracting for silent hunting or covert movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick attachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sling can be quickly attached to a suitable HK eyelet or adapter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel hook:\u003c\/strong\u003e more durable than simple plastic solutions at stress points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25mm sling logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits many narrow weapon slings and sling systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplacement or conversion component:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful if existing slings are to be converted to HK hooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Check hook under load\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA carabiner hook may look clean when stationary, but behave differently during real movement. Hook it in, load the sling, and move the weapon as you would carry it.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCheck whether the hook jams, snags on the eyelet, or could be forced open by equipment.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor hunting setups, also pay attention to noise. A metallic hook can be more noticeable when stalking than a textile or QD-based attachment.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC HK Carabiner Hook is a useful component for sling setups that deliberately work with HK hooks. It is robust enough for serious sling attachment and simple enough to make sense as a spare part or conversion component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is less useful if you use a modern QD swivel system, need maximum silence, or your sling is wider\/thicker than the specified opening allows. In such cases, the hook will not run smoothly or will not fit reliably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25mm weapon slings with HK hook attachment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSling setups on HK eyelets or ERATAC HK adapters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange, training, and robust hunting setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare part for existing sling configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWider or very thick slings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQD swivel systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParticularly quiet stalking setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable HK eyelet or adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHK Carabiner Hook:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick, simple, and compatible with suitable eyelets, but can generate noise.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eQD Swivel:\u003c\/strong\u003e often more compact and rotationally controlled, but requires a suitable QD socket.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eFixed Sling Eyelet:\u003c\/strong\u003e quiet and simple, but less quick to detach.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe HK hook is correct if your system is designed for HK eyelets. If you have QD cups, choose a suitable QD swivel instead.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange \/ Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick sling changes at compatible HK attachment points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting use:\u003c\/strong\u003e only useful if noise and mobility have been checked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSling conversion:\u003c\/strong\u003e if an existing 25mm sling is to be equipped with HK hooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpare part:\u003c\/strong\u003e practical as a reserve for sling and weapon sling setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Measure sewn sling ends\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDon't just measure the flat webbing. Many slings have sewn, reinforced, or folded end sections that are significantly thicker.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf the end does not pass cleanly through the opening, the hook will be under oblique load or the sling will be permanently under tension.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026 Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHK hook shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e for suitable HK eyelets and adapters; no QD push-button system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel material:\u003c\/strong\u003e durable solution for stress points on the weapon sling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowder coating:\u003c\/strong\u003e black surface with protective function and inconspicuous appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSling receptacle:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for 25 mm width and up to 4 mm thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMovable hook:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick to operate, but check for noise and twisting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – Accessories for sling and weapon mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrder number:\u003c\/strong\u003e T0500-0001 – HK carabiner hook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e HK carabiner hook – connecting part between sling and suitable eyelet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel – suitable for stressed sling points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e black powder-coated – protects and reduces bare metal surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 mm – compact hook length for sling systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 21 g – small but load-bearing connecting part.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSling width:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 25 mm – approximately 1 inch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSling thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 4 mm – important for thicker or sewn webbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC HK Carabiner Hook T0500-0001\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo weapon sling, no Picatinny adapter, no HK eyelet and no QD system. If your weapon does not have a suitable mount, you will need a separate adapter.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the hook fit every weapon sling?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is designed for slings up to 25 mm wide and up to 4 mm thick. Wider or thicker slings may not fit properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs an adapter for the weapon included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The hook must be attached to an existing HK eyelet or a suitable adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs an HK hook quieter than a QD swivel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily. Metal hooks can rattle depending on the eyelet and movement. For very quiet setups, this should be tested beforehand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use a two-point sling with this?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if your sling and attachment points are compatible. The entire sling management is crucial, not just the hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is a QD system more sensible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your weapon already has QD sockets or you want a more compact, rotating plug connection. Then a QD swivel is a better fit than an HK hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC HK Carabiner Hook T0500-0001 is a useful connecting piece for 25mm slings and suitable HK eyelets. It is strong enough for robust sling setups, but not the right choice for QD systems or extremely quiet applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681785852252,"sku":"T0500-0001","price":17.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/ERATAC_HK_Karabinerhaken_Stahl_pulverbeschichtet.jpg?v=1777376517"},{"product_id":"eratac-adapter-f-hk-karabiner-seitl","title":"ERATAC Adapter for HK Carbines, lateral.","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Adapter for HK Carbine Hooks, Side – Picatinny Sling Adapter for Side Sling Swivel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA weapon sling only works cleanly if the attachment point matches the platform and the direction of movement.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Adapter T0500-0002 allows for side attachment of an HK carbine hook to a Picatinny rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not a sling or a carbine hook, but the side mount. The large oval opening makes it easy to attach the HK hook and makes sling management on Picatinny weapons more controllable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis item is the \u003cstrong\u003eside adapter\u003c\/strong\u003e for HK carbine hooks. The carbine hook itself is not included. Before purchasing, check: existing Picatinny rail, side of sling routing, position on handguard\/stock, sling direction, HK hook size, shoulder side, and whether the sling interferes with the aiming position.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eSide Picatinny attachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e positions the sling attachment point on the side of the weapon instead of top or bottom.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eLarge oval opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e facilitates attaching an HK carbine hook, even when speed is essential.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHK hook logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for slings that intentionally use carbine hooks instead of QD swivels.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eFixed mounting position:\u003c\/strong\u003e reproducible attachment point for consistent sling routing.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eCompact adapter:\u003c\/strong\u003e solves a specific interface problem without dictating a complete sling system.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMany sling problems are not caused by the sling itself, but by the wrong attachment point. A sling that is too far forward, too far down, or twisted can hinder aiming, switching to the off-hand, or setting the weapon down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis adapter is useful if you want to use an HK carbine hook on the side of a Picatinny rail. This can be useful on AR setups, precision platforms, training weapons, or hunting weapons with rails – always depending on where the sling should actually run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide sling routing:\u003c\/strong\u003e the sling hangs more naturally on the side of the weapon and less underneath the rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHK carbine hook receiver:\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for sling systems with HK hooks instead of push-button QDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e works where a suitable Picatinny rail is already present.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e facilitates attachment, especially when wearing gloves or under stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Check sling path before tightening\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDon't just mount the adapter wherever there's space on the rail. Wear the weapon with the sling, get into an aiming position, and check if the sling runs over your hand, magazine, optic, or safety.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTest standing stance, position changes, and setting the weapon down. An incorrectly placed sling point often only becomes apparent when you move.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf the hook rattles metallically or swings excessively, a different attachment point or a QD system might be the quieter solution.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC adapter for HK carbine hooks is a small but important interface component. It is strong if you already work with HK hooks and need a side Picatinny attachment point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is less useful if you actually use a QD system or your weapon does not have a free Picatinny rail in the appropriate place. Also, for very noise-sensitive hunting setups, a metallic HK hook can generate more movement and noise than a quieter sling solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSling setups with HK carbine hooks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePicatinny weapons with a side sling attachment point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange and training weapons with changing sling configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to use a push-button QD swivel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a Picatinny rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlings with QD swivels instead of HK hooks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVery quiet hunting setups where metal rattling is disturbing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who expect a complete sling or carbine hook to be included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eSide HK adapter:\u003c\/strong\u003e correct if an HK hook needs to be routed laterally on Picatinny.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eQD sling swivel:\u003c\/strong\u003e faster and often quieter, but only useful with a suitable QD socket.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eDirect sling swivel on the stock:\u003c\/strong\u003e simpler, but less flexible with rail setups.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis adapter is worthwhile if your sling logic consciously relies on HK carbine hooks. If you use QD cups, a QD swivel is usually the cleaner solution.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR\/Picatinny setups:\u003c\/strong\u003e side sling point on handguard or rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange \/ Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick attachment and detachment with HK carbine hooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting long gun with rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e only useful if the sling is routed and tested quietly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment conversion:\u003c\/strong\u003e if existing HK hook slings are to continue to be used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Test for noise and movement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nHK hooks are practical, but depending on the setup, they can audibly strike the adapter or weapon. Don't wait until you're in the field or a competition to test this.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf noise is a problem, a different sling point, a textile adapter, or a QD system may be more sensible.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide arrangement:\u003c\/strong\u003e guides the sling along the side of the weapon and can improve the aiming position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOval opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e facilitates attaching the HK carbine hook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny base:\u003c\/strong\u003e requires a free and load-bearing Picatinny rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixed attachment point:\u003c\/strong\u003e the sling runs reproducibly at the same position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterface component:\u003c\/strong\u003e only functions in conjunction with a suitable HK hook and sling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – sling and mounting accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrder number:\u003c\/strong\u003e T0500-0002 – side adapter for HK carbine hooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picatinny sling adapter – creates a side HK hook receiver.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting base:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picatinny – free rail position required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReceiver:\u003c\/strong\u003e large oval opening – for attaching HK carbine hooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrientation:\u003c\/strong\u003e side – relevant for sling routing and aiming position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor\/Surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e black, powder-coated finish according to product specifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e sling attachment point; not an optics or accessory rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Adapter for HK Carbine Hooks, Side T0500-0002\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo HK carbine hook, no weapon sling, no Picatinny rail, no QD swivel, and no mounting hardware, unless explicitly listed in your specific product description.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the adapter fit M-LOK or KeyMod?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, not directly. It is designed for Picatinny rails. For M-LOK or KeyMod, you first need a suitable Picatinny base or a different sling module.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the HK carbine hook included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is the side adapter. The HK hook and sling must be present separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy mount it on the side instead of underneath?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the side, the sling often runs more naturally along the body and interferes less with the aiming position. However, this depends heavily on the weapon, sling, and shooting side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the adapter cause noise?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe adapter itself is firmly mounted, but an HK hook can make metallic contact depending on movement. For quiet hunting setups, this should be checked beforehand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWho is this adapter not suitable for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor users with a QD sling system, without a Picatinny rail, or without an HK carbine hook. In that case, a different sling module is more logical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Adapter T0500-0002 is the right solution if you want to route an HK carbine hook laterally on Picatinny. It solves a specific sling interface but is not a universal adapter for every sling system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681785885020,"sku":"T0500-0002","price":65.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/ERATAC_Adapter_f_r_HK-Karabinerhaken_seitlich.jpg?v=1777376516"},{"product_id":"eratac-offset-montage","title":"ERATAC Offset Mount","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Offset Mount T0530-0000 – 45° Base for Red Dot Setups next to the Main Optic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf you use a rifle scope or LPVO, 1x close range isn't always fast enough to acquire.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Offset Mount T0530-0000 places a secondary optic in a 45° position on the Picatinny rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not a complete red dot mount with a footprint plate. The offset base uses the ERATAC Universal Interface and must be combined with the appropriate attachment for your red dot sight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis mount is only the 45° base. For Docter\/Noblex, Aimpoint Micro, ACRO, RMR or Picatinny attachments, you need the corresponding ERATAC Universal Interface attachment separately. Before purchasing, check: Picatinny rail, main optic, turret\/mount clearance, red dot footprint, eye\/head position, right\/left handed use, and space on the weapon.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e45° Position:\u003c\/strong\u003e allows switching to the secondary optic by canting the weapon instead of adjusting the main optic.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e attaches directly to a MIL-STD-1913\/Picatinny rail.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be combined with suitable ERATAC spacers and attachments for various red dot systems.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eModular Logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e you choose the attachment that matches the footprint, instead of buying a fixed single-purpose mount.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eBackup and Close Range Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful when a magnified main optic is not optimal for every distance.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOffset mounts don't exist because they make every setup better. They solve a very specific problem: you want to keep a main optic and still quickly switch to a 1x optic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis only works if the main optic, shooting stance, and secondary optic are properly set up beforehand. Simply placing a red dot diagonally next to the rifle scope does little if the height, angle, and zeroing don't match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast optic change:\u003c\/strong\u003e from magnified main optic to 1x red dot by canting the weapon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular footprint choice:\u003c\/strong\u003e universal interface allows for suitable attachments for different red dot sights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackup function:\u003c\/strong\u003e secondary optic remains usable if the main optic is obscured, damaged, or too slow for the distance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow space requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e the 45° base is lateral, but requires less space than an additional top riser solution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Set up offset dry first\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFirst, set up the main optic, eye relief, and shooting stance. Then, the offset optic. Many people initially install the secondary optic in a comfortable, visible position and later realize that the main optic suffers.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWhen canting the weapon, your head should have to search as little as possible. If you have to crawl into position every time, the offset solution is mounted too high, too low, or too far forward\/back.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAfter mounting, zero both optics separately and consciously choose the zeroing distance. Offset optics have their own point of impact logic due to their position and height.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC Offset Mount is strong for AR\/DMR\/LPVO setups where a red dot is used as a true close-range option or backup. It is also interesting for hunting or sport setups when a magnified optic is mounted and short distances need to be addressed quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is less useful if you can already use a true 1x LPVO cleanly or don't want to invest time in stance training. An offset optic is not a self-starter; it must be trained just like magazine changes, stance, or target transitions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLPVO or rifle scope setups with red dot addition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDynamic range and training weapons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackup optic next to a magnified main optic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who utilize ERATAC Universal Interface attachments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess useful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a Picatinny rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who expect a complete red dot footprint adapter to be included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where lateral build-up interferes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters who do not want to train offset stance and zeroing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e45° Offset Mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e fast switch to secondary optic, but only useful with training and the right attachment.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003ePiggyback mount on top of the optic:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be more favorable with head position\/NVG, but builds higher.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eLPVO alone:\u003c\/strong\u003e simpler and flatter, but not as fast as a separate red dot at high magnification.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe offset mount is worthwhile if you consciously want to build a two-optic system. If you just want to mount a red dot, a direct standard mount is often the simpler solution.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLPVO + Red Dot:\u003c\/strong\u003e fast switching between magnified main optic and 1x target acquisition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDMR\/Recce Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e secondary optic for close range, main optic for distance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDynamic Sport Shooting:\u003c\/strong\u003e target transition at short range without magnification adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial hunting application:\u003c\/strong\u003e when a magnified main optic is mounted and a fast close-range sight would be a useful addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Understand Mechanical Offset\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe offset optic is not on the same line as your main optic. At short distances, the point of impact can deviate significantly from the line of sight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMark your chosen zeroing distance and consciously practice short distances. Especially at 5–15 m, holdovers are more important than many expect during the initial setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e45° Arrangement:\u003c\/strong\u003e places the secondary optic diagonally to the main optic and allows for quick canting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Universal Interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e base for suitable red dot attachments, spacers, or Picatinny attachments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny Clamp:\u003c\/strong\u003e requires a suitable MIL-STD-1913\/Picatinny rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular System:\u003c\/strong\u003e footprint is chosen via the attachment, not via the base mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide-mounted design:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps with main optics but can get caught on barricades, pouches, or sling setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – Accessories for optics and weapon mounts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrder number:\u003c\/strong\u003e T0530-0000 – ERATAC Offset Mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting position:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45° offset laterally – for red dot next to the main optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picatinny – requires a suitable rail on the weapon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterface:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC Universal Interface – select suitable attachments separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e combinable with ERATAC spacers and attachments with Universal Interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsage logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e backup and close-range sighting next to rifle scope or LPVO.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\/Surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC-typical aluminum\/hard anodized mounting logic; specific surface black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Offset Mount T0530-0000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo red dot, no footprint attachment, no spacer, no Picatinny adapter plate, and no main optic. The appropriate ERATAC Universal Interface attachment must be selected separately to match the desired red dot sight.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the offset mount directly suitable for a specific red dot?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The base mount features the ERATAC Universal Interface. For your red dot, you will need the appropriate attachment for the respective footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the mount fit M-LOK or KeyMod?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, not directly. The mount is mounted on Picatinny. For M-LOK or KeyMod, a clean Picatinny section would first be required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the offset optic need to be zeroed separately?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The main optic and offset optic have different mounting positions and must be zeroed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs 45° offset better than an LPVO at 1x?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot automatically. A good LPVO at 1x is simpler. A separate red dot can be faster, but requires more training and more setup control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eFor whom is this mount not suitable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor users who are only looking for a simple red dot mount or who do not want to train with the secondary optic. In such cases, a standard red dot setup is usually more logical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Offset Mount T0530-0000 is a solid base for a 45° red dot next to the main optic. It is strong for well-thought-out LPVO, DMR, and range setups, but only useful with a suitable universal attachment, clean zeroing, and a trained shooting stance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681786147164,"sku":"T0530-0000","price":68.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/ERATAC_Picatinny-Offset-Montage_45_UNIVERSAL.jpg?v=1777376512"},{"product_id":"eratac-klappkorn-1-8mm-front-sight","title":"ERATAC folding front sight 1.8mm","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Folding Front Sight 1.8 mm – Foldable Front Sight for Picatinny Backup Sights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA mechanical backup sight is only useful if the sight post width, height, and rear sight are compatible with your setup.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Folding Front Sight 1.8 mm is the front folding sight for an ERATAC\/Picatinny backup sight with a 1.8 mm sight post width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not a complete sight set. You need a suitable folding rear sight and an appropriate Picatinny rail. The standard version is the classic front sight variant without HK-style protection geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis product is only the \u003cstrong\u003eFront Sight \/ Folding Front Sight\u003c\/strong\u003e. Without a suitable rear sight, you will not have a complete mechanical sighting system. Before purchasing, check: Picatinny rail, sight line height, sight post width, standard or HK-style, existing folding sight, co-witness planning, optic height, and intended use.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e1.8 mm Sight Post Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e wider, faster to acquire and suitable for robust close-range\/operational logic, but covers more of the target at a distance\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eFoldable Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e lays flat against the system when not in use and does not permanently obstruct the field of view.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eAR15-like Sight Line Logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful if backup sights need to match common AR heights.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eTool-less Elevation Adjustment of the Sight Post:\u003c\/strong\u003e facilitates zeroing of the mechanical sight.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean mounting on compatible MIL-STD-1913 rails.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectronic optics are fast, but a mechanical backup can be useful on training, duty, or competition firearms. It is crucial that the backup sight is not only mounted but also properly set up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis folding front sight is the front part of the system. The 1.8 mm sight post width affects how fine or fast the sight post works in the sight picture. The standard version is the classic front sight variant without HK-style protection geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical Backup:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps when the red dot, battery, or scope no longer provide a usable aiming reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolds Flat:\u003c\/strong\u003e when folded, the sight remains discreet and interferes less with main optics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeliberate Sight Post Width Selection:\u003c\/strong\u003e a wider sight post is faster to see, a narrower one allows for finer aiming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Front Sight Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e instead of improvised individual parts, a reproducible BUIS setup is created.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Truly Zero Your Backup Sight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBackup sights are often mounted but never zeroed. Then they are just decorative. After mounting, always zero them with the ammunition you actually use.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCheck the sight line with your main optic. With very low or very long optic setups, even a flat folding front sight can interfere in the wrong place.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nConsciously fold the sight up and down during training. Otherwise, under stress, you won't notice if it moves freely or hits an optic, light, cable, or cover.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC Folding Front Sight 1.8 mm is useful if you want to cleanly set up a mechanical Picatinny-based backup sight. It is not a replacement for a main optic, but rather a backup and training option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe limit is clear: A front sight purchased alone does not provide a complete sighting system. You need a suitable rear sight, an appropriate mounting position, and a properly zeroed sight line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and Picatinny platforms with a backup sight concept\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange and training firearms with red dot or LPVO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously train with mechanical backup sights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a flat, foldable front sight is needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirearms without a Picatinny rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers expecting a complete BUIS set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups without a suitable rear sight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfigurations where the main optic blocks the sight line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e1.8 mm Folding Front Sight:\u003c\/strong\u003e deliberate choice of sight post width for sight picture, speed, and precision.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eComplete BUIS Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e simpler if you want to buy matching front and rear sights together directly.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eRed Dot Alone:\u003c\/strong\u003e faster and simpler in normal operation, but without mechanical backup.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis folding front sight is worthwhile if you specifically need the front component for an existing or planned ERATAC backup sight setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackup Sight:\u003c\/strong\u003e mechanical backup behind or next to an electronic main optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSport Shooting \/ Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e training with open sights and redundancy to the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDuty\/Law Enforcement Setups:\u003c\/strong\u003e mechanical backup on Picatinny weapon platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Setup Check:\u003c\/strong\u003e verifying sight height, co-witness, and mechanical aiming reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Choose Sight Post Width According to Distance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA narrower sight post covers less of the target but can be slower to acquire. A wider sight post is faster to see but covers more of the target at a distance.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChoose the sight post width not by optic, but by actual use: close-range and fast target acquisition or finer aiming at slightly longer distances.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding Front Sight:\u003c\/strong\u003e front mechanical sight part; not fully usable without a rear sight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSight Post Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8 mm – affects target coverage and visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces overall height when not in use and protects the sight line in everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevation Adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e the sight post is continuously adjustable in height without tools, which facilitates zeroing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard\/HK-Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard – important for the sight picture, design, and optical classification of your setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – mechanical backup sight for Picatinny systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e T0542-0355 – unique identification of this version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e foldable Front Sight \/ Folding Front Sight – front part of a mechanical sighting system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSight Post Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8 mm – wider, faster to acquire and suitable for robust close-range\/operational logic, but covers more of the target at a distance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picatinny – requires a suitable rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard – version of the front sight geometry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sight post height continuously adjustable without tools – important for zeroing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC system with very flat folded design; compatibility with main optic should still be checked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Folding Front Sight 1.8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo folding rear sight, no complete backup sight set, no optic, no weapon, and no Picatinny rail. For a complete mechanical sighting system, you need a suitable rear sight.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this a complete backup sight set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is only the folding front sight. For a complete mechanical sighting system, you also need a suitable folding rear sight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does sight post width mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.8 mm describes the visible width of the sight post. wider, faster to acquire and suitable for robust close-range\/operational logic, but covers more of the target at a distance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this folding front sight fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny rail and a sensible position in relation to the rear sight and the main optic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the mechanical sight need to be zeroed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After mounting, the sight must be zeroed with your weapon and ammunition. Just mounting it is not enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this folding front sight not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you don't have a suitable rear sight, don't have a Picatinny rail, or work exclusively with an optic without a backup concept.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Folding Front Sight 1.8 mm is a clean front sight component for Picatinny backup sights. It is worthwhile if you consciously select the sight post width and design and truly zero the mechanical sight. As a single component without a rear sight, it is not a complete solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681786671452,"sku":"T0542-0355","price":182.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/ERATAC_Klappkorn_1_35mm_front_sight.jpg?v=1777376495"},{"product_id":"eratac-klappkorn-hk-style-1-8mm-front-sight","title":"ERATAC Folding Front Sight HK-Style 1.8mm \/ front sight","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Folding Front Sight HK-Style 1.8 mm \/ Front Sight – Foldable Front Sight for Picatinny Backup Sights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA mechanical backup sight is only useful if the sight post width, height, and rear sight match the setup.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Folding Front Sight HK-Style 1.8 mm \/ Front Sight is the front folding sight for an ERATAC\/Picatinny backup sight with a 1.8 mm sight post width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not a complete sight set. You need a suitable folding rear sight and a suitable Picatinny rail. The HK-Style version changes the sight picture and protective geometry of the front sight compared to the standard version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis product is only the \u003cstrong\u003eFront Sight \/ Folding Front Sight\u003c\/strong\u003e. Without a suitable rear sight, you do not have a complete mechanical sighting system. Before purchasing, check: Picatinny rail, sight line height, sight post width, standard or HK-Style, existing folding sight, co-witness planning, optic height, and intended use.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e1.8 mm Sight Post Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e wider, faster to acquire, and good for robust backup sight logic, but obscures more of the target at a distance than 1.35 mm\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eFoldable Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e stays flat on the system when not in use and does not permanently obstruct the field of view.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eAR15-like Sight Line Logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful if backup sights need to match common AR heights.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eTool-free Height Adjustment of the Sight Post:\u003c\/strong\u003e facilitates zeroing of the mechanical sight.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean mounting on compatible MIL-STD-1913 rails.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectronic optics are fast, but a mechanical reserve can be useful on training, service, or competition weapons. The crucial point is that the reserve sight is not just mounted but also properly set up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis folding front sight is the front part of the system. The 1.8 mm sight post width influences how fine or fast the sight post works in the sight picture. The HK-Style version changes the sight picture and protective geometry of the front sight compared to the standard version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical Reserve:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps when red dot, battery, or glass no longer provide a usable target reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e when folded, the sight remains inconspicuous and interferes less with primary optics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConsciously Choose Sight Post Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e a wider sight post is faster to acquire, a narrower one can aim more precisely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Front Sight Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e instead of improvised individual parts, a reproducible BUIS setup is created.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Really Zero Your Backup Sights\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBackup sights are often mounted and never zeroed. Then they are just decorative. After mounting, always zero them with the ammunition you actually use.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCheck the sight line with your main optic. With very low or very long optic setups, even a flat folding front sight can interfere in the wrong place.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nConsciously raise and lower the sight during training. Otherwise, under stress, you won't notice if it moves freely or hits an optic, light, cable, or cover.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC Folding Front Sight HK-Style 1.8 mm \/ Front Sight is useful if you want to cleanly build a mechanical backup sight on a Picatinny base. It is not a replacement for a main optic but a reserve and training option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe limit is clear: A front sight purchased alone does not provide a complete sighting system. You need a suitable rear sight, a suitable mounting position, and a cleanly zeroed sight line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and Picatinny platforms with a backup sight concept\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange and training weapons with red dot or LPVO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously train with mechanical reserve sights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a flat, foldable front sight is needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a Picatinny rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers expecting a complete BUIS set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups without a suitable rear sight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where the primary optic blocks the sight line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e1.8 mm Folding Front Sight:\u003c\/strong\u003e conscious choice of sight post width for sight picture, speed, and precision.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eComplete BUIS Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e easier if you want to buy front and rear sights as a matching set.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eRed Dot alone:\u003c\/strong\u003e faster and simpler in normal operation, but without mechanical reserve.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis folding front sight is worthwhile if you specifically need the front component for an existing or planned ERATAC backup sight setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackup Sighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e mechanical reserve behind or next to an electronic main optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShooting Sports \/ Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Training with open sights and redundancy to the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eService\/Agency-Related Setups:\u003c\/strong\u003e mechanical reserve on Picatinny weapon platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Setup Check:\u003c\/strong\u003e Checking sight height, co-witness, and mechanical aiming reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Choose Sight Post Width According to Distance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA narrower sight post covers less of the target but can be acquired more slowly. A wider sight post is faster to acquire but obscures more of the target at a distance.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChoose the sight post width not based on optics, but on real use: close range and fast target acquisition or finer aiming at a slightly longer distance.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026 Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding Front Sight:\u003c\/strong\u003e front mechanical sight part; not fully usable without a rear sight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSight Post Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8 mm – influences target coverage and visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces overall height when not in use and protects the sight line in everyday situations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight Adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e the sight post is continuously adjustable in height without tools, which facilitates zeroing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard\/HK-Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e HK-Style – important for the sight picture, design, and optical classification of your setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – mechanical backup sight for Picatinny systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e T0542-2355 – unique identification of this version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e foldable front sight \/ folding front sight – front part of a mechanical sight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSight Post Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8 mm – wider, faster to acquire, and good for robust backup sight logic, but obscures more of the target at a distance than 1.35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picatinny – requires a suitable rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e HK-Style – design of the front sight geometry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sight post height continuously adjustable without tools – important for zeroing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC system with very flat folded design; compatibility with the primary optic should still be checked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Folding Front Sight HK-Style 1.8 mm \/ Front Sight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo folding rear sight, no complete backup sight set, no optic, no weapon, and no Picatinny rail. For a complete mechanical sight, you need a suitable rear sight.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this a complete backup sight set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is only the front folding sight. For a complete mechanical sighting system, you also need a suitable folding rear sight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the sight post width mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.8 mm describes the visible width of the sight post. wider, faster to acquire, and good for robust backup sight logic, but obscures more of the target at a distance than 1.35 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this folding front sight fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny rail and a sensible position in relation to the rear sight and the main optic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the mechanical sight need to be zeroed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After mounting, the sight must be zeroed with your weapon and ammunition. Just mounting is not enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this folding front sight not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you don't have a suitable rear sight, don't own a Picatinny rail, or only work with an optic without a backup concept.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Folding Front Sight HK-Style 1.8 mm \/ Front Sight is a clean front sight component for Picatinny backup sights. It is worthwhile if you consciously choose the sight post width and design and truly zero the mechanical sight. As a single part without a rear sight, it is not a complete solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681786835292,"sku":"T0542-2355","price":182.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/ERATAC_Klappkorn_HK-Style_1_35mm_front_sight.jpg?v=1777376493"},{"product_id":"eratac-klappkorn-1-35mm-front-sight","title":"ERATAC Folding Front Sight 1.35mm","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Folding Front Sight 1.35 mm \/ Front Sight – Foldable Front Sight for Picatinny Backup Sights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA mechanical backup sight is only useful if the front sight width, height, and rear sight match the setup.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Folding Front Sight 1.35 mm \/ Front Sight is the front folding sight for an ERATAC\/Picatinny backup sight with a 1.35 mm front sight width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not a complete sight set. You will need a suitable rear folding sight and an appropriate Picatinny rail. The standard version is the classic front sight variant without HK-style protective geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis product is only the \u003cstrong\u003eFront Sight \/ Folding Front Sight\u003c\/strong\u003e. Without a suitable rear sight, you will not have a complete mechanical sighting system. Before purchasing, check: Picatinny rail, sight line height, front sight width, standard or HK-style, existing folding sight, co-witness planning, optic height, and intended use.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e1.35 mm front sight width:\u003c\/strong\u003e narrower, finer, and suitable for more precise aiming at slightly longer distances, but less quickly visible than 1.8 mm\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eFoldable design:\u003c\/strong\u003e lies flat against the system when not in use and does not permanently obstruct the field of view.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eAR15-like sight line logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful if backup sights need to match common AR heights.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eTool-free elevation adjustment of the front sight:\u003c\/strong\u003e simplifies zeroing of the mechanical sight.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny base:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean mounting on compatible MIL-STD-1913 rails.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElectronic optics are fast, but a mechanical reserve can be useful on training, duty, or competition firearms. It is crucial that the backup sight is not only mounted but also properly set up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis folding front sight is the front part of the system. The 1.35 mm front sight width influences how finely or quickly the front sight works in the sight picture. The standard version is the classic front sight variant without HK-style protective geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical reserve:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps when a red dot, battery, or glass no longer provides a usable aiming reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e when folded, the sight remains unobtrusive and interferes less with primary optics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConsciously choose front sight width:\u003c\/strong\u003e a wider front sight is quicker to pick up, a narrower one can aim more precisely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean front sight base:\u003c\/strong\u003e instead of improvised individual parts, a reproducible BUIS setup is created.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Really zero your backup sights\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBackup sights are often mounted and never zeroed. Then they are just decoration. After mounting, always zero with the ammunition you actually use.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCheck the sight line with your main optic. With very low or very tall optic setups, even a flat folding front sight can interfere in the wrong place.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nConsciously flip the sight up and down during training. Otherwise, under stress, you won't notice if it moves freely or hits the optic, light, cable, or cover.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC Folding Front Sight 1.35 mm \/ Front Sight is useful if you want to cleanly set up a mechanical backup sight on a Picatinny base. It is not a replacement for a primary optic, but a reserve and training option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe limit is clear: purchased alone, a front sight does not provide a complete sighting system. You need a suitable rear sight, an appropriate mounting position, and a properly zeroed sight line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and Picatinny platforms with a backup sight concept\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange and training firearms with red dots or LPVOs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously train with mechanical backup sights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a flat, foldable front sight is needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirearms without a Picatinny rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers expecting a complete BUIS set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups without a suitable rear sight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfigurations where the primary optic blocks the sight line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e1.35 mm folding front sight:\u003c\/strong\u003e conscious choice of front sight width for sight picture, speed, and precision.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eComplete BUIS set:\u003c\/strong\u003e easier if you want to buy matching front and rear sights directly.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eRed dot alone:\u003c\/strong\u003e faster and simpler in normal operation, but without mechanical reserve.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis folding front sight is worthwhile if you specifically need the front component for an existing or planned ERATAC backup sight setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackup sighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e mechanical reserve behind or next to an electronic primary optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShooting sports \/ Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e training with open sights and redundancy to the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDuty\/Law enforcement-related setups:\u003c\/strong\u003e mechanical reserve on Picatinny weapon platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical setup control:\u003c\/strong\u003e checking sight height, co-witness, and mechanical aiming reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Choose front sight width according to distance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA narrower front sight covers less of the target but can be acquired slower. A wider front sight is faster to pick up but obscures more of the target at a distance.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChoose the front sight width not by optics, but by actual use: close range and fast target acquisition or finer aiming at slightly longer distances.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding Front Sight:\u003c\/strong\u003e front mechanical sight component; not fully usable without a rear sight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront Sight Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.35 mm – affects target coverage and visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces overall height when not in use and protects the sight line in everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight Adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e the front sight is infinitely adjustable in height without tools, which simplifies zeroing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard\/HK-Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard – important for the sight picture, design, and optical classification of your setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – mechanical backup sight for Picatinny systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrder number:\u003c\/strong\u003e T0543-0355 – unique identification of this version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e foldable front sight \/ folding front sight – front part of a mechanical sighting system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront Sight Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.35 mm – narrower, finer, and suitable for more precise aiming at slightly longer distances, but less quickly visible than 1.8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picatinny – requires a suitable rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard – execution of the front sight geometry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e front sight height infinitely adjustable without tools – important for zeroing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC system with a very flat folded design; still check compatibility with the primary optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Folding Front Sight 1.35 mm \/ Front Sight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo rear folding sight, no complete backup sight set, no optic, no weapon, and no Picatinny rail. For a complete mechanical sighting system, you need a suitable rear sight.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this a complete backup sight set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is only the front folding sight. For a complete mechanical sighting system, you also need a suitable rear folding sight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the front sight width mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.35 mm describes the visible width of the front sight. Narrower, finer, and suitable for more precise aiming at slightly longer distances, but less quickly visible than 1.8 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the folding front sight fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny rail and a sensible position in relation to the rear sight and the primary optic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the mechanical sight need to be zeroed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After mounting, the sight must be zeroed with your weapon and ammunition. Just mounting it is not enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this folding front sight not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you don't have a suitable rear sight, don't own a Picatinny rail, or work exclusively with optics without a backup concept.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Folding Front Sight 1.35 mm \/ Front Sight is a clean front sight component for Picatinny backup sights. It is worthwhile if you consciously choose the front sight width and design and truly zero the mechanical sight. As a single part without a rear sight, it is not a complete solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681787064668,"sku":"T0543-0355","price":182.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/ERATAC_Klappkorn_1_35mm_front_sight.jpg?v=1777376495"},{"product_id":"eratac-klappkorn-hk-style-1-35mm-front-sight","title":"ERATAC Folding Sight HK-Style 1.35mm \/ front sight","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Flip-Up Front Sight HK-Style 1.35mm \/ front sight – foldable front sight for Picatinny backup sights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA backup sight is only useful if the front and rear sights work together mechanically.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC Flip-Up Front Sight HK-Style 1.35mm \/ front sight is a foldable ERATAC front sight with HK-style logic and 1.35 mm post width for Picatinny rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is not a replacement for a properly mounted primary sight, but a mechanical reserve. The narrower 1.35mm front sight covers less of the target than a wider one, aiding in more precise mechanical target acquisition. It is crucial that the sight line, mounting position, and primary optic are compatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant Note for Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBackup sights only function properly if the front and rear sights match and are mounted on the same reference plane.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: Picatinny rail, existing primary optic, required post width, straight or offset use, freedom to flip, and whether your optic blocks the mechanical sight line.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eFoldable design:\u003c\/strong\u003e stays flat when the primary optic is in use, and is available as a reserve when needed.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eMechanical sighting solution:\u003c\/strong\u003e functions independently of battery, electronics, or glass breakage.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e allows mounting on compatible rails without a special base.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHK-Style\/Backup Logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e familiar sight pictures for users with mechanical training.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version – choice determines post width, alignment, and operational logic.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical backup sights are not decorative. They exist because red dots, rifle scopes, or mounts can fail, be blocked, or be unusable at short distances. However, the benefit only arises if the sight has been zeroed and trained with beforehand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReserve for primary optic:\u003c\/strong\u003e mechanical target acquisition remains possible if electronics or glass are unusable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoldable:\u003c\/strong\u003e stays out of the field of view until needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny-compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits many modern weapon platforms with a continuous rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraining value:\u003c\/strong\u003e forces clean sight picture and trigger control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Backup Sights Must Be Zeroed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMany people mount backup sights and never check them. This is dangerously deceptive. A mechanical reserve must be zeroed or confirmed just like an optic.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eConsciously flip up the sight during training and shoot defined groups. Only then will you know if the elevation, windage, and sight picture truly fit.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor offset variants, additionally train the changed shooting stance. Switching to 45° feels different under time pressure than on the bench.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis ERATAC sight is useful for setups where the primary optic should not be the only aiming option. Especially on range, service sport, AR, and hunting\/tracking setups, a mechanical reserve can be beneficial. It is less useful if the weapon does not have a suitable rail or if the sight is permanently blocked by the optic\/mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR platforms with continuous Picatinny rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange and training weapons with red dot or LPVO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously train with mechanical backup sights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where electronics should not be the only aiming option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to zero backup sights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where optics or mounts block flipping up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurely hunting stand weapons without the need for mechanical backup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Flip-Up Front Sight HK-Style 1.35mm \/ front sight:\u003c\/strong\u003e robust mechanical reserve as a complementary system to the primary optic.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003ePrimary optic only:\u003c\/strong\u003e faster and simpler, but without mechanical fallback.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe sight is only worthwhile if it is mounted, zeroed, and trained with.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange \/ Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simulate primary optic failure and practice mechanical aiming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plan for backup sight below or next to red dot\/LPVO.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eService Sport:\u003c\/strong\u003e mechanical target acquisition as a controllable fallback mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Hunting Cases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reserve for rough use, tracking, or dense vegetation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check Flip-Up Clearance Before Mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nArrange the primary optic, magnifier, caps, and mounts so that the sight can actually flip up. A blocked emergency sight is dead weight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor short rails, first position the primary optic correctly, and then check if backup sights still have sensible space.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e foldable front sight – complements the primary optic as a mechanical reserve.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting base:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picatinny – requires a suitable rail on the same reference plane.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version – determines post width, design, and operational logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces height when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e only useful if zeroed and mounted within reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – accessories and sights from German manufacturing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e foldable front sight – mechanical backup sight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picatinny – rail and sight height must match.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Article numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard: T0543-2355.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Flip-Up Front Sight HK-Style 1.35mm \/ front sight in selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo primary optic, no Picatinny rail, no mounting tools, and no complete sight set, unless the selected version is only a single front or rear sight.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the sight fit on every Picatinny rail?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt needs a suitable Picatinny rail and enough space to flip up. Optics, magnifiers, or mounts must not block its function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes a backup sight need to be zeroed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A mechanical reserve must be checked for point of impact and zeroed after mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between emergency and offset sights?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn emergency sight is classically mounted on the top rail. An offset sight is laterally offset and used by tilting the weapon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat post width is sensible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNarrows posts obscure less of the target and can appear more precise. Wider posts are often faster to see. The choice depends on distance and training.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eFor whom is this product not suitable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor users who do not train with their backup sight or do not have a free Picatinny interface with a suitable sight line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC Flip-Up Front Sight HK-Style 1.35mm \/ front sight is useful if you want a true mechanical reserve and are willing to zero it. Without training and without a suitable mounting position, even a good backup sight remains just an unused component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681787162972,"sku":"T0543-2355","price":182.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/ERATAC_Klappkorn_HK-Style_1_35mm_front_sight.jpg?v=1777376493"},{"product_id":"eratac-klappvisier-folding-rear-sight","title":"ERATAC folding rear sight","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Folding Rear Sight – Rear Folding Sight for Mechanical Backup Sights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA front sight alone is not a backup solution – the rear sight determines elevation\/windage control.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Folding Rear Sight is a foldable rear ERATAC Rear Sight for Picatinny rails and mechanical backup sights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is not a replacement for a properly mounted primary sight, but a mechanical backup. The rear sight, together with a suitable front sight, forms the actual emergency sighting system; by itself, it does not replace a complete set of sights. The crucial factor is that the sight line, mounting position, and primary optic match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBackup sights only function properly if the front and rear sights match and are mounted on the same reference plane.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: Picatinny rail, existing primary optic, required front sight width, straight or offset use, clearance for folding, and whether your optic blocks the mechanical sight line.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eFoldable design:\u003c\/strong\u003e stays flat when the primary optic is in use, and is ready as a backup when needed.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eMechanical sighting solution:\u003c\/strong\u003e functions independently of battery, electronics, or glass breakage.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e allows mounting on compatible rails without a special base.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHK-style\/Backup logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e familiar sight picture for users with mechanical training.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version – selection determines front sight width, orientation, and operational logic.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical backup sights are not decorative. They exist because red dots, rifle scopes, or mounts can fail, be blocked, or be unusable at short distances. However, the benefit only arises if the sight has been adjusted and trained with beforehand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackup to the primary optic:\u003c\/strong\u003e mechanical target acquisition remains possible if electronics or glass are unusable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoldable:\u003c\/strong\u003e stays out of the field of view until needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits many modern weapon platforms with a continuous rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraining value:\u003c\/strong\u003e forces clean sight picture and trigger control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's Tip: Backup sights must be zeroed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMany mount backup sights and never check them. This is dangerously deceptive. A mechanical backup must be zeroed or confirmed just like an optic.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eConsciously flip up the sight during training and shoot defined groups. Only then will you know if the elevation, windage, and sight picture truly fit.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor offset variants, also train the changed shooting stance. Switching to 45° feels different under time pressure than on the bench.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis ERATAC sight is useful for setups where the primary optic should not be the only aiming option. A mechanical backup can be particularly useful in range, service sport, AR, and hunting\/tracking setups. It is less useful if the weapon does not have a suitable rail or if the sight is permanently blocked by an optic\/mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR platforms with a continuous Picatinny rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange and training weapons with red dot or LPVO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously train with mechanical backup sights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where electronics should not be the only aiming option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess useful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to zero their backup sights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where optics or mounts block unfolding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurely hunting blinds without the need for mechanical backup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Folding Rear Sight:\u003c\/strong\u003e robust mechanical backup as a supplementary system to the primary optic.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003ePrimary Optic Only:\u003c\/strong\u003e faster and simpler, but without a mechanical fallback.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe sight is only worthwhile if it is mounted, zeroed, and trained with.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange \/ Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simulate primary optic failure and practice mechanical aiming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plan backup sights below or next to a red dot\/LPVO.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eService Sport:\u003c\/strong\u003e mechanical target acquisition as a controllable fallback mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Hunting Cases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backup for rough use, tracking, or dense vegetation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check clearance for folding before mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nArrange the primary optic, magnifier, caps, and mounts so that the sight can actually be flipped up. A blocked emergency sight is dead weight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor short rails, first position the primary optic correctly and then check if backup sights can still fit usefully.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e folding rear sight – complements the primary optic as a mechanical backup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picatinny – requires a suitable rail on the same reference plane.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version – determines front sight width, design, and operational logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces overall height when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem Limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e only useful if zeroed and mounted accessibly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – accessories and sights from German manufacturing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e folding rear sight – mechanical backup sight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picatinny – rail and sight height must match.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard: T0544-0355.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Folding Rear Sight in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo primary optic, no Picatinny rail, no mounting tools, and no complete set of sights, unless the selected version is only a single front or rear sight.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the sight fit every Picatinny rail?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt needs a suitable Picatinny rail and enough space to fold up. Optics, magnifiers, or mounts must not block its function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes a backup sight need to be zeroed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A mechanical backup must be checked for point of impact and zeroed after mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between emergency and offset sights?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn emergency sight is traditionally mounted on the top rail. An offset sight is laterally offset and used by tilting the weapon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat front sight width is sensible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNarrower front sights cover less of the target and can appear more precise. Wider front sights are often faster to acquire. The choice depends on distance and training.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWho is this product not suitable for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor users who do not train with their backup sight or do not have a free Picatinny interface with a suitable sight line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Folding Rear Sight is useful if you want a true mechanical backup and are willing to zero it. Without training and without a suitable mounting position, even a good backup sight remains an unused component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681787294044,"sku":"T0544-0355","price":192.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/ERATAC_Klappvisier_Folding_Rear_Sight.jpg?v=1777376492"},{"product_id":"eratac-halter-m-libelle-f-picatinny-schiene","title":"ERATAC Mount with Bubble Level for Picatinny Rail","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Holder with Bubble Level for Picatinny Rail – Bubble Level Holder for Cant Control on Picatinny Rails\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAt a distance, even slight cant can significantly shift the point of impact horizontally.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Holder with Bubble Level for Picatinny Rail is an ERATAC holder with a bubble level for Picatinny rails. It indicates whether the weapon is canted when shouldered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA bubble level does not automatically prevent errors. It only shows that the weapon is canted. The shooter must consciously check the display before firing. Variants and dimensions must match the existing rail, mount, or platform: Standard version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA bubble level does not automatically prevent errors. It only shows that the weapon is canted. The shooter must consciously check the display before firing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: interface, mounting position, visibility when shouldered, compatibility with the existing ERATAC\/Picatinny base, tools, and actual intended use.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eBubble Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e makes cant\/canted errors visible before the shot breaks.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny Attachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounts directly onto a suitable rail.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eLateral Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful if the scope does not have an integrated visible bubble level.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e particularly relevant at long distances and steeper angles.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eRetrofit Solution:\u003c\/strong\u003e complements existing setups without a new optic mount.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product solves a small but practically relevant interface problem. It is not a main system, but a component that makes mounting, operation, or control more reliable. The decisive factor is whether it is visible, accessible, and compatible in your actual setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eError Prevention:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces typical mounting or operational errors when used correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem Integration:\u003c\/strong\u003e complements existing ERATAC\/Picatinny setups instead of replacing an entire platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproducibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps to repeat settings and procedures more cleanly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for users who not only mount equipment but also use it in a controlled manner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's Tip: Small parts cause big errors if used incorrectly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore the first live use, check not only whether the part fits, but also whether you can actually use it when shouldered. A bubble level that is not visible, or a control element that cannot be reached with gloves, offers no real advantage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter mounting, always check function, free movement, and secure fit. Especially accessories on rails and mounts can loosen due to recoil, transport, or frequent handling if they were only tightened by feel.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC Holder with Bubble Level for Picatinny Rail is useful if you want to solve exactly this interface problem and compatibility has been clarified in advance. It is less useful if you expect a small accessory part to compensate for fundamental mounting, shooting, or operational errors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange and precision setups with repeatable mounting work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with a consciously built-up optics\/accessory logic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkbench, mounting, zeroing, and control shots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to ignore small system errors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess useful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers without a suitable interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where the component is not visible or accessible when shouldered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not perform mounting and control cleanly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCases where another main system is actually needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Holder with Bubble Level for Picatinny Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful as a precise accessory for an existing setup.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eImprovised Solution:\u003c\/strong\u003e cheaper, but often less reproducible and more prone to errors.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe product is worthwhile if it solves a real problem: aligning, displaying, attaching, or operating. Without a suitable interface, it is the wrong part.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench \/ Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean alignment, checking, and retrofitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e checking position, function, or accessory placement under real recoil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful addition if operation and visibility when shouldered are appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e particularly relevant for angle, cant, and mounting errors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Do not infer compatibility from the name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC parts sometimes look similar but work with different interfaces. Check SKU, height, diameter, and interface – not just the product image or heading.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor accessories on optics mounts, also check whether turrets, parallax wheel, illumination unit, or magnification ring remain freely operable.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBubble Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e shows horizontal weapon position and helps against lateral point of impact errors due to canting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny Clamp:\u003c\/strong\u003e requires a free rail position with a clearly visible reading position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Position:\u003c\/strong\u003e must be visible when shouldered, otherwise the bubble level will not be used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e for rushed shots, checking can take time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant Logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – Accessories for mounting, sighting, and weapon platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bubble level for Picatinny rails – Special component for defined interfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version – selection must match the setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Article Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard: T0550-0000.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Holder with Bubble Level for Picatinny Rail in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo weapon, no optics, no main mount, no torque wrench, and no other accessories. Only include additional parts if they are explicitly part of the scope of delivery in the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the product fit every ERATAC mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. ERATAC uses different interfaces and series. Check the article number, diameter, height, and interface of your mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to perform a function test after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Accessories and safety-relevant parts must be checked for secure fit, free movement, and function after mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this product equally useful for hunting and sport?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if the function matches the setup. For hunting, quick operation and minimal disturbance are important; for sport, reproducibility and precise control are often key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the product compensate for mounting errors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It can check or supplement, but it does not replace clean basic mounting, a suitable height, or correct torques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this product not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the interface doesn't fit or you cannot utilize the benefit when shouldered. In that case, a different accessory or mount would be a better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Holder with Bubble Level for Picatinny Rail is a useful special part if the interface, function, and application truly match. It is not a universal panacea, but a precise component for cleanly built setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681788211548,"sku":"T0550-0000","price":103.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/describe-a-change-fbe6b801-566e-433d-9bc9-7283c57918bf.jpg?v=1777376491"},{"product_id":"eratac-sicherungswelle-f-ar-1-satz-sicherungshebel","title":"ERATAC Safety Selector for AR - incl. 1 Set of Selector Levers","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Safety Selector for AR – incl. 1 set of Safety Levers – 45°\/90° Safety Selector for AR Systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA safety selector is not a comfort part – it must match the platform, trigger, and operating logic.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Safety Selector for AR – incl. 1 set of Safety Levers is an ERATAC safety selector for AR15-\/AR10-based platforms with 45°\/90° safety logic and a safety lever set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWork on the safety and trigger is safety-relevant. Installation, function testing, and compatibility should only be carried out by a specialist. Before purchasing, check the platform, trigger, lower receiver, lever position, and legal requirements. Variants and dimensions must match the existing rail, mount, or platform: Standard version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWork on the safety and trigger is safety-relevant. Installation, function testing, and compatibility should only be carried out by a specialist. Before purchasing, check the platform, trigger, lower receiver, lever position, and legal requirements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: interface, mounting position, visibility when shouldered, compatibility with the existing ERATAC\/Picatinny base, tools, and actual intended use.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e45°\/90° logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e allows different safety travel depending on the setup and operating preference.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eAR compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for AR15\/AR10-based systems and compatible triggers.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeable levers:\u003c\/strong\u003e allows adaptation to hand, side, and operation.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eTrigger interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e relevant for drop-in triggers that require more clearance on the safety selector shaft.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eFunction test mandatory:\u003c\/strong\u003e the safety must operate reliably in all states after installation.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product solves a small but practically relevant interface problem. It is not a main system, but a component that makes mounting, operation, or control more reliable. The crucial factor is whether it is visible, accessible, and compatible in your real setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eError prevention:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces typical mounting or operating errors when used correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem integration:\u003c\/strong\u003e complements existing ERATAC\/Picatinny setups instead of replacing an entire platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproducibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps to repeat settings and procedures more cleanly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical benefits:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for users who not only mount equipment but use it in a controlled manner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Small parts cause big problems if used incorrectly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore the first live use, check not only if the part fits, but also if you can really use it when shouldered. A spirit level that is not visible, or a control element that cannot be reached with gloves, brings no real advantage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter installation, always check for function, freedom of movement, and secure fit. Especially accessories on rails and mounts can loosen with recoil, transport, or frequent handling if they were only tightened by feel.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC Safety Selector for AR – incl. 1 set of Safety Levers is useful if you want to solve exactly this interface problem and compatibility has been clarified beforehand. It is less useful if you expect a small accessory part to compensate for fundamental mounting, shooting, or operating errors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange and precision setups with repeatable mounting work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with a consciously built optical\/accessory logic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkbench, assembly, zeroing, and control shots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to ignore small system errors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess useful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers without a suitable interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where the component is not visible or accessible when shouldered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not perform mounting and control correctly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCases where another main system is actually needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Safety Selector for AR – incl. 1 set of Safety Levers:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful as a precise accessory for an existing setup.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eImprovised solution:\u003c\/strong\u003e cheaper, but often less reproducible and more prone to errors.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe product is worthwhile if it solves a real problem: aligning, indicating, securing, or operating. Without a suitable interface, it is the wrong part.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench \/ Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean alignment, inspection, and retrofitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e control of position, function, or accessory placement under real recoil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful addition if operation and visibility when shouldered are suitable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e particularly relevant for angular, cant, and mounting errors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Do not derive compatibility from the name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC parts sometimes look similar but work with different interfaces. Check SKU, height, diameter, and interface – not just the product image or heading.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor accessories on optical mounts, also check whether turrets, parallax wheel, illumination unit, or magnification ring remain freely operable.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e45°\/90° safety travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e shorter travel can be faster, 90° remains classically familiar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeable levers:\u003c\/strong\u003e allow left\/right or one-sided operating logic depending on the setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e check platform and trigger compatibility before mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety-relevant part:\u003c\/strong\u003e always perform a complete function test after installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – accessories for mounting, sighting, and weapon platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e AR Safety Selector – special component for defined interfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version – selection must match the setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard: T0561-0000.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Safety Selector for AR – incl. 1 set of Safety Levers in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo weapon, no optics, no main mount, no torque wrench, and no other accessories. Additional parts are only listed as included if they are explicitly part of the scope of delivery in the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this product fit every ERATAC mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. ERATAC uses different interfaces and series. Check the item number, diameter, height, and interface of your mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to perform a function test after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Accessories and safety-relevant parts must be checked for secure fit, freedom of movement, and function after mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this product equally suitable for hunting and sport?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if the function matches the setup. For hunting, fast operation and minimal disturbance are important; for sport, reproducibility and precise control are often key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the product compensate for mounting errors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It can control or supplement, but it does not replace proper basic mounting, appropriate height, or correct torque values.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this product not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the interface doesn't fit or you can't utilize its benefits when shouldered. In that case, a different accessory or mount would be a better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Safety Selector for AR – incl. 1 set of Safety Levers is a useful special part if the interface, function, and application truly align. It is not a universal remedy, but a precise component for well-built setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681788309852,"sku":"T0561-0000","price":69.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/Eratac_Sicherungswelle.jpg?v=1777376488"},{"product_id":"eratac-picatinny-aufsatz-bh8-55mm-ral8000-dkl","title":"ERATAC Picatinny attachment BH8\/55mm, RAL8000 dark","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Picatinny Mount BH8\/55mm, RAL8000 dark – Adapter Plate for Red Dot, Picatinny or Accessories on ERATAC Mounts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAccessories on an optics mount need a defined interface – not just any free space.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Picatinny Mount BH8\/55mm, RAL8000 dark is an ERATAC mount for the ERATAC universal interface. It is used to attach red dots, small accessory rails, or other devices to the universal interface of a compatible ERATAC mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe crucial point is the interface logic: centric, lateral, offset, height, and footprint determine whether the accessory is truly usable. A universal interface does not mean universal for every optic. Footprint, height, lateral\/centric position, and screw pattern must match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA universal interface does not mean universal for every optic. Footprint, height, lateral\/centric position, and screw pattern must match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: ERATAC series, universal or T7 interface, footprint, screw pattern, height, turret\/eyepiece clearance, right\/left position, and whether additional weight on the optics mount is sensible.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eInterface adapter:\u003c\/strong\u003e creates a defined accessory position directly on the mount.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eCentric or lateral:\u003c\/strong\u003e position influences aiming, weight balance, and operation.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eFootprint\/screw logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e crucial for Aimpoint ACRO, RMR, Docter\/Noblex, Picatinny, or LRF.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eShort design:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces unnecessary additional rail and keeps accessories closer to the optical system.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version – the selection is critical for the purchase decision.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese mounts exist because auxiliary optics and devices can be more effectively placed closer to the main optic than anywhere on the handguard. However, this is only true if operation remains unobstructed and the mount is not combined with the wrong footprint or height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccessories close to the optic:\u003c\/strong\u003e short distances for aiming, operation, and ballistic data.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose footprint carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e prevents adapter stacking and crooked mounts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl build height:\u003c\/strong\u003e important for turrets, eyepieces, night vision\/thermal devices, and LRF.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConsciously place weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e additional devices change balance and aiming stability more than many expect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: First set up the main optic, then plan the accessory device\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDo not first mount the accessory and then look for a position for the riflescope. The main optic must first be correctly positioned: eye relief, height, reticle, and turret access.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly then do you decide whether a red dot, LRF, or Picatinny mount is sensible in a centric, lateral, or offset position. Otherwise, you're building the setup around an accessory that is actually secondary.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor lateral mounts, check in the aiming position if shoulder, cheek weld, and head movement remain reproducible.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC Picatinny Mount BH8\/55mm, RAL8000 dark is strong if you want to specifically expand an existing ERATAC system. It is less useful if you actually need a standalone optics mount or a different interface. Especially with red dots and LRFs, the correct interface is more important than the manufacturer's name.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed dot backup on riflescope mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaser rangefinders\/LRF close to the optic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-range and observation setups with accessories on the mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where handguard positions should remain clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounts without a suitable ERATAC interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong footprint or unclear screw length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVery heavy additional devices without balance testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not consciously choose centric\/lateral positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Picatinny Mount BH8\/55mm, RAL8000 dark:\u003c\/strong\u003e sensible if the appropriate ERATAC interface is present and the accessory is to be mounted on the optics mount.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eStandalone Picatinny\/M-LOK mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if accessories need to be placed further forward, lower, or independently of the optic.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe mount is only worthwhile if it improves operation and doesn't just add more parts to the rifle.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep LRF\/SWK\/level closer to the optical system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e Test offset or top red dot as an addition to the main optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Only use an accessory device if weight and operation fit well in the aiming position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench:\u003c\/strong\u003e Match footprint, screw length, and height before mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check screw length and turret clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWith red dot footprints, screw length is often the underestimated error. Screws that are too short won't hold well, and screws that are too long can damage the device or not clamp completely.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor laser rangefinders, additionally check if the Picatinny rail blocks the elevation or windage turret and if you can reach the controls with gloves.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e To attach red dots, small accessory rails, or other devices to the universal interface of a compatible ERATAC mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterface:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC universal or special mount interface – not automatically compatible with every mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version – centric, lateral, offset, or height are crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Additional weight on top or to the side changes balance and aiming stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compare with optic\/red dot\/LRF before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mount for ERATAC universal interface – accessory interface for compatible mounts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard: T0800-0003.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Picatinny Mount BH8\/55mm, RAL8000 dark in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo red dot, no laser rangefinder, no optic, no ERATAC main mount, and no other accessories. Screws\/adapters are only included if they belong to the selected variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the mount fit every ERATAC mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It only fits the designated ERATAC interface or series. T7 and T4\/T5 interfaces must not be confused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is more important: footprint or manufacturer name?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe footprint is crucial. An Aimpoint, RMR, Docter, or Picatinny mount must mechanically precisely match the device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eShould an auxiliary red dot be centric or lateral?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentric is often cleaner for top-mount logic, lateral can be faster for offset use. This depends on the main optic, aiming style, and training.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the mount affect the point of impact?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt does not directly change the main optic but can alter weight and balance. After mounting and adding an accessory, the setup should be checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this product not sensible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the interface doesn't fit, the accessory is too heavy, or the operation of turrets, eyepiece, or magnification ring is blocked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Picatinny Mount BH8\/55mm, RAL8000 dark is sensible if you want to cleanly integrate accessories onto a compatible ERATAC mount. The interface, footprint, height, and operability are crucial – not just the idea of \"adding something else\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681788342620,"sku":"T0800-0003","price":50.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/ERATAC_Picatinny-Aufsatz_BH8_55mm_RAL8000.jpg?v=1777376486"},{"product_id":"eratac-zfix-ausrichthilfe","title":"ERATAC ZFIX Alignment Aid","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC ZFIX Alignment Aid – Reticle Alignment Aid for Straight Reticles on Picatinny Weapons\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA crookedly mounted reticle creates errors that you later falsely attribute to the optics or ammunition.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC ZFIX Alignment Aid is a mounting aid for aligning the riflescope reticle on weapons with a Picatinny rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eZFIX does not replace a torque wrench or clean mounting work. It helps with reticle alignment, but ring position, eye relief, and tightening torque must still be set correctly. Variants and dimensions must match the existing rail, mount, or platform: Standard version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nZFIX does not replace a torque wrench or clean mounting work. It helps with reticle alignment, but ring position, eye relief, and tightening torque must still be set correctly.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: interface, mounting position, visibility in the firing position, compatibility with the existing ERATAC\/Picatinny base, tools, and actual intended use.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eReticle alignment:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps to prevent the riflescope from being clamped twisted in the rings.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny reference:\u003c\/strong\u003e uses the rail as a reference for alignment.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eMounting aid instead of estimation method:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces errors compared to aligning by eye.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench utility:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for repeated optics mounting and modifications.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eCompact tool:\u003c\/strong\u003e belongs in the mounting kit rather than on the weapon.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product solves a small but practically relevant interface problem. It is not a main system, but a component that makes mounting, operation, or control more reliable. The decisive factor is whether it is visible, accessible, and compatible in your real setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eError prevention:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces typical mounting or operating errors when used correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem integration:\u003c\/strong\u003e complements existing ERATAC\/Picatinny setups instead of replacing an entire platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproducibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps to repeat settings and procedures more cleanly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical benefits:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for users who not only mount equipment but also use it in a controlled manner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Small parts cause big errors if used incorrectly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore the first live use, check not only if the part fits, but also if you can really use it in the firing position. A spirit level that is not visible, or an operating element that cannot be reached with gloves, does not offer any real advantage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter mounting, always check function, free movement, and firm seating. Especially accessories on rails and mounts can loosen due to recoil, transport, or frequent handling if they were only tightened by feel.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC ZFIX Alignment Aid is useful if you want to solve exactly this interface problem and compatibility has been clarified in advance. It is less useful if you expect a small accessory part to compensate for fundamental mounting, shooting, or operating errors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange and precision setups with repeatable mounting work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with deliberately built optics\/accessory logic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkbench, mounting, zeroing, and control shots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to ignore small system errors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess useful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers without a suitable interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where the component is not visible or accessible in the firing position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not perform mounting and control cleanly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCases where a different main system is actually needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC ZFIX Alignment Aid:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful as a precise accessory for an existing setup.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eImprovised solution:\u003c\/strong\u003e cheaper, but often less reproducible and more error-prone.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe product is worthwhile if it solves a real problem: aligning, displaying, attaching, or operating. Without a suitable interface, it is the wrong part.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench \/ Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean alignment, checking, and retrofitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e checking position, function, or accessory position under real recoil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful addition if operation and visibility in the firing position are suitable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e particularly relevant for angle, canting, and mounting errors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip: Don't derive compatibility from the name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC parts sometimes look similar, but work with different interfaces. Check SKU, build height, diameter, and interface – not just the product image or heading.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor accessories on optics mounts, also check whether turrets, parallax wheel, illumination unit, or magnification ring remain freely operable.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Alignment aid for the reticle – not a aiming aid or shooting accessory in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picatinny top – the rail must be clean and correctly mounted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting procedure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightly tighten rings, align scope, then gradually fix with torque.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e if the rail itself is mounted crookedly, even the best alignment aid cannot save system geometry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – Accessories for mounting, sight, and weapon platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Alignment aid for riflescopes – special component for defined interfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version – selection must match the setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard: T0810-0000.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC ZFIX Alignment Aid in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo weapon, no optics, no main mount, no torque wrench, and no other accessories. Only list additional parts as included if they are explicitly part of the scope of delivery in the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the product fit every ERATAC mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. ERATAC uses different interfaces and series. Check the item number, diameter, build height, and interface of your mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to perform a function test after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Accessories and safety-relevant parts must be checked for firm seating, free movement, and function after mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this product equally useful for hunting and sport?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if the function matches the setup. For hunting, fast operation and minimal disturbance are important, for sport often reproducibility and precise control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the product compensate for mounting errors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It can check or supplement, but it does not replace clean basic mounting, suitable build height, or correct torques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this product not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the interface does not fit or you cannot utilize the benefits in the firing position. Then a different accessory or mount is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC ZFIX Alignment Aid is a useful special part if the interface, function, and application truly match. It is not a universal remedy, but a precise component for cleanly built setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681788637532,"sku":"T0810-0000","price":47.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/ERATAC_ZFIX-Ausrichthilfe.jpg?v=1777376484"},{"product_id":"eratac-swk-halter-m-libelle-d30u-d34","title":"ERATAC SWK Mount with Spirit Level D30 and D34","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC ACI Holder with Bubble Level D30 and D34 – Angle Cosine Indicator and Bubble Level Holder for precise distance setups\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn steep terrain and over long distances, angle and cant can lead to real shooting errors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC ACI Holder with Bubble Level D30 and D34 is an ERATAC holder or angle cosine indicator\/bubble level module for optic mounts and precise distance setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn ACI or a bubble level does not calculate or shoot for you. Angle information and rifle position must be correctly implemented in ballistics, aiming point, or turret adjustment. Variants and dimensions must match the existing rail, mount, or platform: standard version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAn ACI or a bubble level does not calculate or shoot for you. Angle information and rifle position must be correctly implemented in ballistics, aiming point, or turret adjustment.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: interface, mounting position, visibility when shouldering, compatibility with the existing ERATAC\/Picatinny base, tools, and actual intended use.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eAngle control:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps with uphill or downhill shots where horizontal distance is crucial.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eBubble level:\u003c\/strong\u003e makes cant visible and reduces lateral deviation caused by tilted rifle position.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eMount-close system:\u003c\/strong\u003e sits close to the optic and is easier to control when shouldering.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUNIVERSAL interface logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits compatible ERATAC mounts and accessory positions.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eDistance benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e particularly relevant for long range, mountain hunting, and steep shooting angles.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product solves a small but practically relevant interface problem. It is not a primary system, but a component that makes mounting, operation, or control more reliable. It is crucial whether it is visible, accessible, and compatible in your real setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eError prevention:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces typical mounting or operating errors when used correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem integration:\u003c\/strong\u003e complements existing ERATAC\/Picatinny setups instead of replacing an entire platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproducibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps to repeat settings and procedures more cleanly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for users who not only mount equipment but also use it in a controlled manner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's Tip: Small parts cause big errors if used incorrectly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore the first live use, check not only if the part fits, but also if you can actually use it when shouldering. A bubble level that is not visible, or a control element that cannot be reached with gloves, offers no real advantage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter mounting, always check for function, freedom of movement, and secure fit. Accessories on rails and mounts can loosen with recoil, transport, or frequent handling if they were only tightened by feel.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC ACI Holder with Bubble Level D30 and D34 is useful if you want to solve precisely this interface problem and compatibility has been clarified in advance. It is less useful if you expect a small accessory part to compensate for fundamental mounting, shooting, or operating errors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange and precision setups with repeatable mounting work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting rifles with a consciously constructed optic\/accessory logic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkbench, mounting, zeroing, and control shots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to ignore minor system errors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess useful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers without a suitable interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where the component is not visible or accessible when shouldering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not perform mounting and control cleanly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCases where another primary system is actually needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC ACI Holder with Bubble Level D30 and D34:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful as a precise accessory for an existing setup.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eImprovised solution:\u003c\/strong\u003e cheaper, but often less reproducible and more prone to errors.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe product is worthwhile if it solves a real problem: alignment, display, attachment, or operation. Without a suitable interface, it is the wrong part.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench \/ Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean alignment, checking, and retrofitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e control of position, function, or accessory position under real recoil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful addition if operation and visibility when shouldering are appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e particularly relevant for angle, cant, and mounting errors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Do not derive compatibility from the name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC parts sometimes look similar but work with different interfaces. Check the SKU, height, diameter, and interface of your mount – not just the product image or headline.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor accessories on optic mounts, additionally check whether turrets, parallax wheel, illumination unit, or magnification ring remain freely operable.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eACI:\u003c\/strong\u003e Angle Cosine Indicator for estimating the angle and effective horizontal distance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBubble level:\u003c\/strong\u003e visible control against canting when shouldering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting position:\u003c\/strong\u003e must be placed so that it remains readable when shouldering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e the display does not replace ballistic data or clean shooting technique.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – accessories for mounting, sighting, and weapon platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e ACI\/Bubble Level Holder – special component for defined interfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version – selection must match the setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard: T0940-0000.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC ACI Holder with Bubble Level D30 and D34 in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo weapon, no optics, no main mount, no torque wrench, and no other accessories. Only include additional parts as included if they are explicitly part of the scope of delivery in the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this product fit every ERATAC mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. ERATAC uses different interfaces and series. Check the item number, diameter, height, and interface of your mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to perform a function test after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Accessories and safety-relevant parts must be checked for secure fit, freedom of movement, and function after mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this product equally suitable for hunting and sport?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if the function matches the setup. For hunting, quick operation and minimal disturbance are important, while for sport, reproducibility and precise control are often key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the product compensate for mounting errors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It can control or complement, but it does not replace proper basic mounting, appropriate height, or correct torque settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this product not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the interface does not fit or if you cannot utilize the benefit when shouldering. In that case, a different accessory or mount would be a better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC ACI Holder with Bubble Level D30 and D34 is a useful special part if the interface, function, and application truly match. It is not a panacea, but a precise component for cleanly built setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681789260124,"sku":"T0940-0000","price":103.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_21da1bc2-68b7-412e-a94e-f73842128a29.jpg?v=1777375675"},{"product_id":"eratac-swk-halter-mit-libelle-f-d36","title":"ERATAC SWK Mount with Bubble Level for D36","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC SWK holder with bubble level for D36 – Angle Cosine Indicator and Bubble Level Holder for precise distance setups\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn steep terrain and at long distances, angle and cant are real hit errors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC SWK holder with bubble level for D36 is an ERATAC holder or angle cosine indicator\/bubble level module for optics mounts and precise distance setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn ACI or a bubble level does not calculate and shoot for you. Angle information and weapon position must be correctly applied in ballistics, aiming point or turret adjustment. Variants and dimensions must match the existing rail, mount or platform: Standard version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAn ACI or a bubble level does not calculate and shoot for you. Angle information and weapon position must be correctly applied in ballistics, aiming point or turret adjustment.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: interface, mounting position, visibility when shouldered, compatibility with the existing ERATAC\/Picatinny base, tools and actual intended use.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eAngle control:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps with uphill or downhill shots where horizontal distance is crucial.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eBubble level:\u003c\/strong\u003e makes cant visible and reduces lateral deviation due to an unlevel weapon position.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eMounting-near system:\u003c\/strong\u003e sits close to the optics and is easier to control when shouldered.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUNIVERSAL interface logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits compatible ERATAC mounts and accessory positions.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eDistance benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e particularly relevant for long range, mountain hunting and steep shooting angles.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product solves a small but practically relevant interface problem. It is not a primary system, but a component that makes mounting, operation or control more reliable. The decisive factor is whether it is visible, accessible and compatible in your real setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eError prevention:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces typical mounting or operating errors when used correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem integration:\u003c\/strong\u003e complements existing ERATAC\/Picatinny setups instead of replacing an entire platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproducibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps to repeat settings and procedures more cleanly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for users who not only mount equipment but also use it in a controlled manner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's Tip: Small parts cause big errors if used incorrectly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore the first live use, check not only whether the part fits, but also whether you can actually use it when shouldered. A bubble level that is not visible, or a control element that is not accessible with gloves, offers no real advantage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter mounting, always check function, free movement and secure fit. Accessories on rails and mounts in particular can loosen due to recoil, transport or frequent handling if they were only tightened by feel.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eERATAC SWK holder with bubble level for D36 is useful if you want to solve exactly this interface problem and compatibility has been clarified in advance. It is less useful if you expect a small accessory part to compensate for fundamental mounting, shooting or operating errors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange and precision setups with repeatable mounting work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with deliberately built-up optics\/accessory logic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkbench, mounting, zeroing and control shots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to ignore minor system errors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess useful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers without a suitable interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where the component is not visible or accessible when shouldered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not perform mounting and control properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCases where a different main system is actually required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC SWK holder with bubble level for D36:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful as a precise accessory for an existing setup.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eImprovised solution:\u003c\/strong\u003e cheaper, but often less reproducible and more prone to errors.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe product is worthwhile if it solves a real problem: aligning, displaying, attaching or operating. Without a suitable interface, it is the wrong part.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench \/ Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean alignment, checking and retrofitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e checking position, function or accessory position under real recoil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful addition if operation and visibility are suitable when shouldered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e particularly relevant for angle, cant and mounting errors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Do not infer compatibility from the name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC parts sometimes look similar, but work with different interfaces. Check the SKU, height, diameter and interface – not just the product image or heading.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor accessories on optics mounts, also check that turrets, parallax wheel, illuminated reticle or magnification ring remain freely operable.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSWK\/ACI:\u003c\/strong\u003e Angle Cosine Indicator for estimating the angle and the effective horizontal distance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBubble level:\u003c\/strong\u003e visible control against canting when shouldered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting position:\u003c\/strong\u003e must be positioned so that it remains readable when shouldered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e the display does not replace ballistic data or clean shooting technique.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – Accessories for mounting, sighting and weapon platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e SWK\/Bubble level holder – Special component for defined interfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version – Selection must match the setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard: T0940-0001.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC SWK holder with bubble level for D36 in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo weapon, no optics, no main mount, no torque wrench and no other accessories. Only list additional parts as included if they are explicitly part of the scope of delivery in the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the product fit every ERATAC mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. ERATAC uses different interfaces and series. Check the item number, diameter, height and interface of your mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to perform a function test after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Accessories and safety-relevant parts must be checked for secure fit, free movement and function after mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this product equally useful for hunting and sport?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if the function matches the setup. For hunting, quick operation and minimal disturbance are important, for sport often reproducibility and precise control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the product compensate for mounting errors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It can control or supplement, but it does not replace clean basic mounting, appropriate height and correct torques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this product not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the interface does not fit or you cannot access the benefit when shouldered. Then a different accessory or mount is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC SWK holder with bubble level for D36 is a useful special part if interface, function and application truly match. It is not a universal panacea, but a precise component for cleanly built setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681789325660,"sku":"T0940-0001","price":103.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_21da1bc2-68b7-412e-a94e-f73842128a29.jpg?v=1777375675"},{"product_id":"eratac-ringmontage-30-34-mm-schnellspannhebel-0-moa","title":"ERATAC Ring Mount 30\/34mm - Quick Release Levers - 0 MOA","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Ring Mount 30\/34 mm – Quick Release Lever – 0 MOA – Two-Piece Ring Mount with Quick Release Lever and 0 MOA Cant\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the mount isn't right, even a good scope becomes a source of uncertainty.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Ring Mount 30\/34 mm – Quick Release Lever – 0 MOA is an ERATAC mount with an adjustable quick-release lever for Picatinny\/Weaver systems. It connects the scope and weapon as a defined interface – focusing on mounting height, tube diameter, clamping, and point of impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith ERATAC, the variant matters more than the name: tube diameter, mounting height, cant, and clamping system must match the weapon, optic, eye relief, and application. 0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially canted and the platform is designed for normal distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, the \u003cstrong\u003etube diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003emounting height\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003erail standard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ecant\u003c\/strong\u003e, eye relief, and clamping system must all match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: Picatinny\/Weaver rail, optic's tube diameter, objective diameter, bolt\/charging handle clearance, desired mounting height, 0 MOA cant, and whether a quick-release lever is suitable for your setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eTwo-piece ring mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e allows for more freedom in positioning and ejection port\/clearance, and reduces mounting errors.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eQuick-release lever:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for changing optics or transport, when repeatable removal is important.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength aluminum \/ Mil-Spec Type III:\u003c\/strong\u003e constructively relevant for ERATAC mounts, because mounting points must absorb recoil and clamping forces.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUNIVERSAL interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e with suitable T4\/T5 series, accessories such as spirit levels, red dot sights (SWK) or adapters can be mounted close to the optic.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e0 MOA Cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially canted and the platform is designed for normal distances.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount exists because the connection between glass and weapon must not be improvised. A scope must sit at the correct height, must not shift under recoil, and must be mounted in such a way that eye relief, stock weld, and weapon operation function correctly. T4 GEN-2 not only describes a model series, but a different operating logic: quick change, bolted permanent solution, ultralight, or T7 with ERA-Grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean optic position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mounting height and tube diameter are selected via the variant; this prevents unnecessarily high or too low setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick-release lever reduces improvisation on a safety and precision-relevant component.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan usable cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA must match the distance and the adjustment range of the scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem accessories possible:\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the series, spirit levels, red dot sights (SWK), or adapters can be integrated directly into the ERATAC interface logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Mounting errors begin before the first shot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNever mount a scope by eye alone. First, adjust the stock weld and eye relief, then determine the mounting height and position, then align the reticle and tighten the screws with the appropriate torque.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor canted mounts, first check if your scope still has enough downward adjustment range at your planned zeroing distance. 20 MOA is useful for many long-range setups but can be unnecessary with some optics at short distances.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter every mounting: don't just tighten it, but zero it and document the point of impact. Repeatability is not theory – it only shows after removal, re-attachment, and a control shot.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis two-piece ring mount is sensible if you don't want to cut corners on the connection between your weapon and optic. It is particularly suited for setups where point of impact, mounting height, and reproducible clamping are important: precision rifles, AR10-\/AR15 platforms, long-range optics, and hunting weapons with higher optic weight. It is less suitable if the variant does not exactly match the optic or if you are simply looking for a simple, inexpensive standard mount for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision and long-range setups with carefully chosen cant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and bolt-action platforms with Picatinny\/Weaver rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with high-quality scopes and clear mounting height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously select ring diameter, mounting height, and clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptics with a different tube diameter than the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable Picatinny\/Weaver base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to check mounting height and eye relief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a cheaper simple mount is completely sufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Ring Mount 30\/34 mm – Quick Release Lever – 0 MOA:\u003c\/strong\u003e strong when quick removal, transport, or optic changes are relevant.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eScrew clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e often more logical when the optic remains permanently on a weapon and tools are not an issue.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe right choice does not depend on the brand name, but on tube diameter, mounting height, cant, and clamping system.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range \/ Precision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cant and stiff mounting help to effectively use the optic's adjustment range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange and Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e reproducible mounting prevents troubleshooting point of impact deviations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting Bolt-Actions:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean mounting height and eye relief are crucial for quick aiming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR Platforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting height, charging handle clearance, and eye relief must function together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check objective clearance and head position in reality\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDon't just check objective clearance in a dry run. Dust caps, front attachments, neoprene covers, or a thicker barrel can suddenly make the seemingly sufficient clearance tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the mount is chosen very high, the head position changes. This can be sensible with a helmet or hearing protection, but on classic hunting stocks, it can lead to a floating head.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e T4 GEN-2 – determines clamping logic, weight, and accessory interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e two-piece ring mount – flexible positioning with more clearance between the rings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick-release lever – must match frequency of changes, platform, and operating method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA – more cant provides more elevation reserve, but does not replace a proper zero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant Logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring diameter: Ø30 mm, Ø34 mm; Mounting height (BH): BH10, BH13, BH17, BH20, BH18, BH25.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – Mounts and accessories from German manufacturing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e two-piece ring mount – Scope mount for Picatinny\/Weaver platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick-release lever – determines whether change speed or permanent bolting is prioritized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA – 0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially canted and the platform is designed for normal distances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø30 mm, Ø34 mm – determines the appropriate version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Height (BH):\u003c\/strong\u003e BH10, BH13, BH17, BH20, BH18, BH25 – determines the appropriate version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø30 mm \/ BH10: T4003-0010; Ø30 mm \/ BH13: T4003-0013; Ø30 mm \/ BH17: T4003-0017; Ø30 mm \/ BH20: T4003-0020; Ø34 mm \/ BH10: T4004-0010; Ø34 mm \/ BH13: T4004-0013; Ø34 mm \/ BH18: T4004-0018; Ø34 mm \/ BH25: T4004-0025.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Ring Mount 30\/34 mm – Quick Release Lever – 0 MOA in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo scope, no Picatinny rail, no torque wrench, no spirit level, no ZFIX, and no additional accessories. Accessories for Universal or T7 interfaces should only be listed as included if explicitly part of the scope of delivery for the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this ERATAC mount fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny or Weaver base and must mechanically match the system, ejection port, charging handle, eye relief, and objective diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich mounting height should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mounting height must match the stock, optic, objective diameter, and shooting stance. Too low can cause contact with the barrel or rail, too high often worsens head position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the cant mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially canted and the platform is designed for normal distances. Important: Cant creates adjustment reserve, but does not replace proper zeroing and suitable ballistic data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After every mounting or change to the optic attachment, the point of impact must be checked and the weapon re-zeroed or confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this mount not suitable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf tube diameter, mounting height, cant, or clamping system do not match your setup. A strong mount is only strong if the variant is correctly chosen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Ring Mount 30\/34 mm – Quick Release Lever – 0 MOA is a technically sound solution for users who consciously choose mounting height, tube diameter, cant, and clamping. It is worthwhile when point of impact and system logic are more important than the lowest price. It is not sensible if the variant only roughly fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH10","offer_id":56681805742428,"sku":"T4003-0010","price":425.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH13","offer_id":56681805775196,"sku":"T4003-0013","price":425.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH17","offer_id":56681805807964,"sku":"T4003-0017","price":425.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH20","offer_id":56681805840732,"sku":"T4003-0020","price":425.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH10","offer_id":56681805873500,"sku":"T4004-0010","price":425.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH13","offer_id":56681805906268,"sku":"T4004-0013","price":425.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH18","offer_id":56681805939036,"sku":"T4004-0018","price":425.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH25","offer_id":56681805971804,"sku":"T4004-0025","price":425.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_b1d1e466-396b-4e5d-bf06-66657cdd499d.png?v=1777376451"},{"product_id":"eratac-blockmontage-30-34-36-mm-schnellspannhebel-20-moa","title":"ERATAC One-Piece Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Quick Release Lever – 20 MOA","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Quick Release Lever – 20 MOA – One-Piece Block Mount with Quick Release Lever and 20 MOA Cant\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the mount is not correct, even a good rifle scope becomes an uncertainty factor.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Quick Release Lever – 20 MOA is an ERATAC mount with an adjustable quick-release lever for Picatinny\/Weaver systems. It connects the rifle scope and weapon as a defined interface – focusing on build height, tube diameter, clamping, and point of impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor ERATAC, the variant matters more than the name: tube diameter, build height, cant, and clamping system must match the weapon, optics, eye relief, and application. 20 MOA theoretically create approximately 58 cm of angular difference at 100 m and extend the usable elevation adjustment range at distance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, \u003cstrong\u003etube diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ebuild height\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003erail standard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ecant\u003c\/strong\u003e, eye relief, and clamping system must all match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: Picatinny\/Weaver rail, scope tube diameter, objective lens diameter, bolt\/charging handle clearance, desired mount height, 20 MOA cant, and whether a quick-release lever makes sense for your setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece block mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e maximizes rigidity through a continuous base and reduces mounting errors.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eQuick release lever:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for changing optics or transport when repeatable removal is important.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength aluminum \/ Mil-Spec Type III:\u003c\/strong\u003e constructively relevant for ERATAC mounts because mounting points must absorb recoil and clamping forces.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUNIVERSAL interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e with suitable T4\/T5 series, accessories such as spirit level, SWK, or adapters can be mounted close to the optics.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e20 MOA cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 MOA theoretically creates approximately 58 cm of angular difference at 100 m and extends the usable elevation adjustment range at distance.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount exists because the connection between glass and weapon must not be improvised. A rifle scope must sit at the correct height, must not move during recoil, and must be mounted in such a way that eye relief, stock weld, and weapon operation function correctly. T4 GEN-2 describes not only a model series but a different operating logic: quick change, screwed-in permanent solution, ultralight, or T7 with ERA-Grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean optic position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build height and tube diameter are selected via the variant; this prevents unnecessarily high or too low setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick release lever reduces improvisation on a safety and precision-relevant component.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan usable cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 MOA must match the distance and the adjustment range of the rifle scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem accessories possible:\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the series, spirit level, SWK, or adapters can be integrated directly into the ERATAC interface logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Mounting errors begin before the first shot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNever mount a rifle scope by eye alone. First, adjust stock weld and eye relief, then determine build height and position, then align the reticle and tighten screws with the correct torque.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor canted mounts, first check whether your rifle scope still has enough downward adjustment range at your planned zeroing distance. 20 MOA is useful for many long-range setups, but can be unnecessary at short distances with some scopes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter each mount: don't just tighten, but zero and document the point of impact. Repeatability is not a theory – it only shows itself after removal, reattachment, and a control shot.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis one-piece block mount is useful if you don't want to skimp on the connection between weapon and optics. It is particularly suitable for setups where point of impact, mounting height, and reproducible clamping are important: precision rifles, AR10\/AR15 platforms, long-range optics, and hunting weapons with higher optic weight. It is less useful if the variant does not exactly match the optics or if you are only looking for a simple, inexpensive standard mount for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision and long-range setups with carefully chosen cant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and bolt-action platforms with Picatinny\/Weaver rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with high-quality rifle scopes and clear mounting height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously select ring diameter, build height, and clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess useful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptics with a different tube diameter than the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable Picatinny\/Weaver base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to check build height and eye relief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a cheaper, simple mount is perfectly sufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Quick Release Lever – 20 MOA:\u003c\/strong\u003e strong when quick removal, transport, or optic changes are relevant.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eScrew clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e often more logical if the scope stays permanently on a weapon and tools are not an issue.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe right choice depends not on the brand name, but on tube diameter, build height, cant, and clamping system.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range \/ Precision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cant and rigid mounting help to make sensible use of the optic's adjustment range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange and Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e reproducible mounting saves troubleshooting point of impact deviations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting bolt-action rifles:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean build height and eye relief are crucial for quick aiming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR platforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting height, charging handle clearance, and eye relief must all function together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Really check objective clearance and head position\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDon't just check objective clearance dry. Dust caps, attachments, neoprene covers, or a thicker barrel can suddenly make the seemingly sufficient distance tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the mount is chosen very high, the head position changes. This can be useful with a helmet or hearing protection, but on classic hunting stocks, it can lead to a floating head.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e T4 GEN-2 – determines clamping logic, weight, and accessory interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece block mount – very rigid and positionally stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick release lever – must match frequency of change, platform, and working method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 MOA – more cant provides more elevation reserve, but does not replace a clean zero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring diameter: Ø30 mm, Ø34 mm, Ø36 mm; Build height (BH): BH15, BH22, BH25, BH35, BH13, BH19, BH23, BH27 and others.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – mounts and accessories from German manufacturing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece block mount – rifle scope mount for Picatinny\/Weaver platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick release lever – determines whether change speed or permanent screw connection is paramount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 MOA – 20 MOA theoretically creates approximately 58 cm of angular difference at 100 m and extends the usable elevation adjustment range at distance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø30 mm, Ø34 mm, Ø36 mm – determines the suitable version, not just the optics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuild height (BH):\u003c\/strong\u003e BH15, BH22, BH25, BH35, BH13, BH19, BH23, BH27, BH33, BH21, BH31 – determines the suitable version, not just the optics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø30 mm \/ BH15: T4013-2015; Ø30 mm \/ BH22: T4013-2022; Ø30 mm \/ BH25: T4013-2025; Ø30 mm \/ BH35: T4013-2035; Ø34 mm \/ BH13: T4014-2013; Ø34 mm \/ BH19: T4014-2019; Ø34 mm \/ BH23: T4014-2023; Ø34 mm \/ BH27: T4014-2027; other variants via selection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Quick Release Lever – 20 MOA in selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo rifle scope, no Picatinny rail, no torque wrench, no spirit level, no ZFIX, and no additional accessories. Accessories for Universal or T7 interfaces should only be listed as included if they are explicitly part of the scope of delivery in the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this ERATAC mount fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny or Weaver base and must mechanically match the system, ejection port, charging handle, eye relief, and objective lens diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich build height should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe build height must match the stock, optics, objective lens diameter, and shooting position. Too low can cause contact with the barrel or rail; too high often worsens head position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the cant mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e20 MOA theoretically creates approximately 58 cm of angular difference at 100 m and extends the usable elevation adjustment range at distance. Important: Cant provides adjustment reserve, but does not replace correct zeroing and suitable ballistic data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After every mounting or change to the optic attachment, the point of impact must be checked and the weapon re-zeroed or confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this mount not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the tube diameter, build height, cant, or clamping system does not match your setup. A strong mount is only strong if the variant is correctly selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Quick Release Lever – 20 MOA is a technically sound solution for users who consciously select mounting height, tube diameter, cant, and clamping. It is worthwhile if point of impact and system logic are more important than the lowest price. It is not useful if the variant only approximately fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH15","offer_id":56681806070108,"sku":"T4013-2015","price":456.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH22","offer_id":56681806102876,"sku":"T4013-2022","price":456.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH25","offer_id":56681806135644,"sku":"T4013-2025","price":456.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH35","offer_id":56681806168412,"sku":"T4013-2035","price":456.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH13","offer_id":56681806201180,"sku":"T4014-2013","price":456.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH19","offer_id":56681806233948,"sku":"T4014-2019","price":456.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH23","offer_id":56681806266716,"sku":"T4014-2023","price":456.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH27","offer_id":56681806299484,"sku":"T4014-2027","price":456.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH33","offer_id":56681806332252,"sku":"T4014-2033","price":456.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø36 mm \/ BH21","offer_id":56681806365020,"sku":"T4016-2021","price":456.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø36 mm \/ BH31","offer_id":56681806397788,"sku":"T4016-2031","price":456.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/c493e58f-cc3f-42fe-a9c8-fe026ded60f9.png?v=1777376442"},{"product_id":"eratac-blockmontage-30-34-36-mm-schnellspannhebel-70-moa","title":"ERATAC Monoblock Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Quick Release Levers – 70 MOA","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Monoblock Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Quick Release Lever – 70 MOA – One-Piece Monoblock Mount with Quick Release Lever and 70 MOA Cant\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the mount isn't right, even a good scope becomes a source of uncertainty.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Monoblock Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Quick Release Lever – 70 MOA is an ERATAC mount with an adjustable quick-release lever for Picatinny\/Weaver systems. It connects the scope and weapon as a defined interface – focusing on mounting height, tube diameter, clamping, and point of impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith ERATAC, the variant matters more than the name: tube diameter, mounting height, cant, and clamping system must match the weapon, optics, eye relief, and application. 70 MOA theoretically creates approximately 204 cm of angular difference at 100 m and is a special solution for very large adjustment ranges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, \u003cstrong\u003etube diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003emounting height\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003erail standard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ecant\u003c\/strong\u003e, eye relief, and clamping system must all match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: Picatinny\/Weaver rail, scope tube diameter, objective lens diameter, bolt\/charging handle clearance, desired mounting height, 70 MOA cant, and whether a quick-release lever is suitable for your setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece monoblock mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e maximizes rigidity through a continuous base and reduces mounting errors.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eQuick release lever:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for changing optics or transport when repeatable removal is important.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength aluminum \/ Mil-Spec Type III:\u003c\/strong\u003e constructively relevant for ERATAC mounts because mounting points must absorb recoil and clamping forces.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUNIVERSAL interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e for compatible T4\/T5 series, accessories such as spirit level, SWK, or adapter can be mounted close to the optics.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e70 MOA cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 MOA theoretically creates approximately 204 cm of angular difference at 100 m and is a special solution for very large adjustment ranges.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount exists because the connection between glass and weapon must not be improvised. A scope must sit at the correct height, must not shift during recoil, and must be mounted in such a way that eye relief, stock weld, and weapon operation function correctly. T4 GEN-2 describes not only a model series but a different operating logic: quick-release, permanently screwed solution, ultralight, or T7 with ERA-Grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean optics position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mounting height and tube diameter are selected via the variant; this prevents unnecessarily high or too low setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick-release lever reduces improvisation on a safety and precision-relevant component.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan cant usefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 MOA must match the distance and adjustment range of the scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem accessories possible:\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the series, spirit level, SWK, or adapters can be directly integrated into the ERATAC interface logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Mounting errors begin before the first shot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNever mount a scope by eye alone. First adjust stock weld and eye relief, then determine mounting height and position, then align the reticle and tighten screws with the appropriate torque.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor canted mounts, first check if your scope still has enough downward adjustment travel at your planned zeroing distance. 20 MOA is useful for many long-range setups, but can be unnecessary at short distances with some scopes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter every mount: not just tighten, but zero and document the point of impact. Repeatability is not theory – it only shows itself after removal, reattachment, and a control shot.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis one-piece monoblock mount is useful if you don't want to compromise on the connection between weapon and optics. It is particularly suitable for setups where point of impact, mounting height, and reproducible clamping are important: precision rifles, AR10-\/AR15-platforms, long-range scopes, and hunting weapons with higher optics weight. It is less useful if the variant does not exactly match the optics or if you are only looking for a simple, inexpensive standard mount for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision and long-range setups with carefully selected cant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and bolt-action platforms with Picatinny\/Weaver rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with high-quality scopes and clear mounting height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously select ring diameter, mounting height, and clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptics with a different tube diameter than the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable Picatinny\/Weaver base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to check mounting height and eye relief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a cheaper, simpler mount is perfectly sufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Monoblock Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Quick Release Lever – 70 MOA:\u003c\/strong\u003e strong when quick removal, transport, or optics changes are relevant.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eScrew clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e often more logical if the scope remains permanently on a weapon and tools are not an issue.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe right choice depends not on the brand name, but on tube diameter, mounting height, cant, and clamping system.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range \/ Precision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cant and a rigid mount help to effectively use the adjustment range of the optics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange and Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e reproducible mounting saves troubleshooting point of impact shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting Bolt-Actions:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean mounting height and eye relief are crucial for quick aiming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR Platforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting height, charging handle clearance, and eye relief must work together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check objective lens clearance and head position in real terms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDo not only check objective lens clearance in dry practice. Dust caps, attachments, neoprene covers, or a thicker barrel can suddenly make the seemingly sufficient clearance tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the mount is chosen very high, the head position changes. This can be useful with a helmet or hearing protection, but on classic hunting stocks, it can lead to a floating head.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e T4 GEN-2 – determines clamping logic, weight, and accessory interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece monoblock mount – very rigid and positionally stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick release lever – must match the frequency of changes, platform, and method of operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 MOA – more cant provides more elevation reserve, but does not replace a clean zero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant Logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring diameter: Ø30 mm, Ø34 mm, Ø36 mm; Mounting Height (MH): MH20, MH25, MH30, MH22.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – Mounts and accessories from German manufacturing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece monoblock mount – Scope mount for Picatinny\/Weaver platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick release lever – determines whether quick change speed or permanent screwing is prioritized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 MOA – 70 MOA theoretically creates approximately 204 cm of angular difference at 100 m and is a special solution for very large adjustment ranges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø30 mm, Ø34 mm, Ø36 mm – determines the suitable version, not just the optics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Height (MH):\u003c\/strong\u003e MH20, MH25, MH30, MH22 – determines the suitable version, not just the optics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø30 mm \/ MH20: T4063-0020; Ø30 mm \/ MH25: T4063-0025; Ø34 mm \/ MH20: T4064-0020; Ø34 mm \/ MH25: T4064-0025; Ø34 mm \/ MH30: T4064-0030; Ø36 mm \/ MH22: T4066-0022.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Monoblock Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Quick Release Lever – 70 MOA in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo scope, no Picatinny rail, no torque wrench, no spirit level, no ZFIX, and no additional accessories. Accessories for Universal or T7 interfaces should only be listed as included if they are explicitly part of the scope of delivery in the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this ERATAC mount fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny or Weaver base and must mechanically match the system, ejection port, charging handle, eye relief, and objective lens diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich mounting height should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mounting height must match the stock, optics, objective lens diameter, and shooting position. Too low can cause contact with the barrel or rail, too high often worsens head position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the cant mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e70 MOA theoretically creates approximately 204 cm of angular difference at 100 m and is a special solution for very large adjustment ranges. Important: Cant provides adjustment reserve, but does not replace correct zeroing and suitable ballistic data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After every mounting or change to the optics attachment, the point of impact must be checked and the weapon re-zeroed or confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this mount not suitable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the tube diameter, mounting height, cant, or clamping system do not match your setup. A strong mount is only strong if the variant is correctly selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Monoblock Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Quick Release Lever – 70 MOA is a technically sound solution for users who consciously choose mounting height, tube diameter, cant, and clamping. It is worthwhile when point of impact and system logic are more important than the lowest price. It is not useful if the variant is only approximately suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH20","offer_id":56681808527708,"sku":"T4063-0020","price":685.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH25","offer_id":56681808560476,"sku":"T4063-0025","price":685.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH20","offer_id":56681808593244,"sku":"T4064-0020","price":685.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH25","offer_id":56681808626012,"sku":"T4064-0025","price":685.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH30","offer_id":56681808658780,"sku":"T4064-0030","price":685.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø36 mm \/ BH22","offer_id":56681808691548,"sku":"T4066-0022","price":685.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/c493e58f-cc3f-42fe-a9c8-fe026ded60f9.png?v=1777376442"},{"product_id":"eratac-blockm-steyr-aug-z-34-bh20-10moa-hebel","title":"ERATAC Mount Steyr AUG-Z Ø34\/BH20\/10MOA, Lever","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Block Mount Steyr AUG-Z Ø34\/BH20\/10MOA, Lever – One-piece Block Mount with Quick Release Lever and 10 MOA Forward Cant\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the mount is not right, even a good scope becomes a source of uncertainty.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC Blockm. Steyr AUG-Z Ø34\/BH20\/10MOA, Lever is an ERATAC mount with an adjustable quick release lever for Picatinny\/Weaver systems. It connects the scope and weapon as a defined interface – with a focus on height, tube diameter, clamping, and point of impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith ERATAC, the variant matters more than the name: tube diameter, height, forward cant, and clamping system must match the weapon, optics, eye relief, and application. 10 MOA theoretically creates approximately 29 cm of angular difference at 100 m and provides slightly more elevation reserve than a neutral mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, \u003cstrong\u003etube diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eheight\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003erail standard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eforward cant\u003c\/strong\u003e, eye relief, and clamping system must match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: Picatinny\/Weaver rail, scope tube diameter, objective diameter, bolt\/charging handle clearance, desired mounting height, 10 MOA forward cant, and whether a quick release lever makes sense for your setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece block mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e maximizes rigidity through a continuous base and reduces mounting errors.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eQuick release lever:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for changing optics or transport when repeatable removal is important.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength aluminum \/ Mil-Spec Type III:\u003c\/strong\u003e constructively relevant for ERATAC mounts because mounting points must absorb recoil and clamping forces.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUNIVERSAL interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e for compatible T4\/T5 series, accessories such as spirit levels, offset mounts, or adapters can be mounted close to the optic.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e10 MOA forward cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 MOA theoretically creates approximately 29 cm of angular difference at 100 m and provides slightly more elevation reserve than a neutral mount.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount exists because the connection between glass and weapon must not be improvised. A scope must sit at the correct height, must not shift during recoil, and must be mounted so that eye relief, stock weld, and weapon operation function correctly. T4 GEN-2 describes not just a model series, but a different operating logic: quick change, bolted permanent solution, ultralight, or T7 with ERA-Grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean optic position:\u003c\/strong\u003e height and tube diameter are selected via the variant; this prevents unnecessarily high or too low setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick release lever reduces improvisation on a safety and precision-relevant component.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanned forward cant use:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 MOA must match the distance and adjustment range of the scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem accessories possible:\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the series, spirit levels, offset mounts, or adapters can be integrated directly into the ERATAC interface logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Mounting errors begin before the first shot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNever mount a scope by eye alone. First, adjust stock weld and eye relief, then determine height and position, then align the reticle and tighten screws with the appropriate torque.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor canted mounts, first check whether your scope still has enough downward adjustment travel at your planned zeroing distance. 20 MOA makes sense for many long-range setups, but can be unnecessary at short distances with some scopes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter every mounting: don't just tighten, but zero and document the point of impact. Repeatability is not a theory – it only shows itself after removal, re-mounting, and a control shot.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis one-piece block mount is useful if you don't want to skimp on the connection between weapon and optic. It is particularly suitable for setups where point of impact, mounting height, and reproducible clamping are important: precision rifles, AR10\/AR15 platforms, long-range scopes, and hunting weapons with higher optic weight. It is less useful if the variant does not exactly match the optic or if you are actually just looking for a simple, inexpensive standard mount for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision and long-range setups with carefully chosen forward cant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and bolt-action platforms with Picatinny\/Weaver rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with high-quality scopes and a clear mounting height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously choose ring diameter, height, and clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptics with a different tube diameter than the chosen variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable Picatinny\/Weaver base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to check height and eye relief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a cheaper, simple mount is perfectly sufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Blockm. Steyr AUG-Z Ø34\/BH20\/10MOA, Lever:\u003c\/strong\u003e strong when quick removal, transport, or optic changes are relevant.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eScrew clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e often more logical if the scope remains permanently on a weapon and tools are not an issue.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe right choice depends not on the brand name, but on tube diameter, height, forward cant, and clamping system.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range \/ Precision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Forward cant and a rigid mount help to effectively use the optic's adjustment range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange and Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e repeatable mounting saves troubleshooting point of impact deviations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting Bolt-Actions:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean height and eye relief are crucial for quick aiming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR Platforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting height, charging handle clearance, and eye relief must work together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check objective clearance and head position in real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDon't just check objective clearance in dry runs. Dust caps, attachments, neoprene covers, or a heavier barrel can suddenly make the seemingly sufficient distance tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the mount is chosen very high, the head position changes. This can be useful with a helmet or hearing protection, but on classic hunting stocks, it can lead to a floating head.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e T4 GEN-2 – determines clamping logic, weight, and accessory interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece block mount – very rigid and positionally stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick release lever – must match change frequency, platform, and operating method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForward cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 MOA – more forward cant provides more elevation reserve, but does not replace a clean zero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – mounts and accessories from German manufacturing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece block mount – scope mount for Picatinny\/Weaver platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick release lever – determines whether change speed or permanent bolting is paramount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForward cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 MOA – 10 MOA theoretically creates approximately 29 cm of angular difference at 100 m and provides slightly more elevation reserve than a neutral mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Article Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard: T4064-1020.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Blockm. Steyr AUG-Z Ø34\/BH20\/10MOA, Lever in chosen variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo scope, no Picatinny rail, no torque wrench, no spirit level, no ZFIX, and no additional accessories. Accessories for universal or T7 interfaces should only be listed as included if they are explicitly part of the scope of delivery in the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this ERATAC mount fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny or Weaver base and must mechanically match the system, ejection port, charging handle, eye relief, and objective diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich mounting height should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mounting height must match the stock, optic, objective diameter, and shooting position. Too low can cause contact with the barrel or rail, too high often worsens head position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the forward cant mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10 MOA theoretically creates approximately 29 cm of angular difference at 100 m and provides slightly more elevation reserve than a neutral mount. Important: forward cant creates adjustment reserve, but does not replace correct zeroing and suitable ballistic data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After every mounting or change to the optic attachment, the point of impact must be checked and the weapon re-zeroed or confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this mount not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the tube diameter, height, forward cant, or clamping system do not match your setup. A strong mount is only strong if the variant is chosen correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC Blockm. Steyr AUG-Z Ø34\/BH20\/10MOA, Lever is a technically sound solution for users who consciously choose mounting height, tube diameter, forward cant, and clamping. It is worthwhile when point of impact and system logic are more important than the lowest price. It is not useful if the variant only roughly fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681809543516,"sku":"T4064-1020","price":498.2,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/ca1c184c-1411-49bf-9b2b-a4768f57e8d7.png?v=1777376441"},{"product_id":"eratac-blockmontage-30-34-36-mm-schnellspannhebel-020-mrad","title":"ERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Quick Release Lever – 0–20 MRAD","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Quick Release Lever – 0–20 MRAD – One-Piece Block Mount with Quick Release Lever and 0–20 MRAD Pre-Tilt\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the mount is not correct, even a good scope becomes a source of uncertainty.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Quick Release Lever – 0–20 MRAD is an ERATAC mount with an adjustable quick release lever for Picatinny\/Weaver systems. It connects scope and weapon as a defined interface – with a focus on mount height, tube diameter, clamping, and point of impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith ERATAC, the variant matters more than the name: tube diameter, mount height, pre-tilt, and clamping system must match the weapon, optics, eye relief, and intended use. 0–20 MRAD means adjustable pre-tilt; 20 MRAD corresponds mathematically to 200 cm angular difference at 100 m.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchase, \u003cstrong\u003etube diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003emount height\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003erail standard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003epre-tilt\u003c\/strong\u003e, eye relief, and clamping system must match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: Picatinny\/Weaver rail, optic's tube diameter, objective diameter, bolt\/charging handle clearance, desired mount height, 0–20 MRAD pre-tilt, and if a quick release lever is suitable for your setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece block mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e maximizes rigidity through a continuous base and reduces mounting errors.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eQuick release lever:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for changing optics or transport when repeatable removal is important.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength aluminum \/ Mil-Spec Type III:\u003c\/strong\u003e constructively relevant for ERATAC mounts because mounting points must absorb recoil and clamping forces.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUNIVERSAL interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e with suitable T4\/T5 series, accessories such as spirit level, SWK, or adapters can be mounted close to the optics.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e0–20 MRAD pre-tilt:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0–20 MRAD means adjustable pre-tilt; 20 MRAD corresponds mathematically to 200 cm angular difference at 100 m.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount exists because the connection between glass and weapon must not be improvised. A riflescope must sit at the correct height, must not shift during recoil, and must be mounted in such a way that eye relief, stock weld, and weapon operation function properly. T4 GEN-2 describes not only a model series but a different operating logic: quick change, bolted permanent solution, ultralight, or T7 with ERA-Grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean optic position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mount height and tube diameter are selected via the variant; this prevents unnecessarily high or too low setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick release lever reduces improvisation on a component relevant for safety and precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan usable pre-tilt:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0–20 MRAD must match the distance and the adjustment range of the scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem accessories possible:\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the series, spirit level, SWK or adapters can be integrated directly into the ERATAC interface logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Mounting errors begin before the first shot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNever mount a scope by eye alone. First, adjust the stock weld and eye relief, then determine the mount height and position, then align the reticle and tighten the screws with the appropriate torque.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor pre-tilted mounts, first check if your scope still has enough downward adjustment range at your planned zeroing distance. 20 MOA is useful for many long-range setups but can be unnecessary at short distances with some optics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter every mounting: don't just tighten, but zero and document the point of impact. Repeatability is not a theory – it only shows itself after removal, reattachment, and a control shot.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis one-piece block mount is useful if you don't want to skimp on the connection between weapon and optics. It is particularly suitable for setups where point of impact, mount height, and reproducible clamping are important: precision rifles, AR10-\/AR15 platforms, long-range optics, and hunting weapons with higher optic weight. It is less useful if the variant does not exactly match the optics or if you are simply looking for a simple, inexpensive standard mount for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision and long-range setups with carefully selected pre-tilt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and bolt-action platforms with Picatinny\/Weaver rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with high-quality scopes and clear mount height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously choose ring diameter, mount height, and clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptics with a different tube diameter than the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable Picatinny\/Weaver base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to check mount height and eye relief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a cheaper, simple mount is perfectly sufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Quick Release Lever – 0–20 MRAD:\u003c\/strong\u003e strong when quick removal, transport, or optic changes are relevant.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eScrew clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e often more logical if the scope remains permanently on a weapon and tools are not an issue.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe right choice depends not on the brand name, but on tube diameter, mount height, pre-tilt, and clamping system.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range \/ Precision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-tilt and rigid mounting help to effectively use the adjustment range of the optics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange and Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e reproducible mounting saves troubleshooting for point of impact deviations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting bolt-actions:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean mount height and eye relief are crucial for quick aiming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR platforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e mount height, charging handle clearance, and eye relief must work together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Really check objective clearance and head position\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDon't just check objective clearance dry. Dust caps, front attachments, neoprene covers, or a thicker barrel can suddenly make the seemingly sufficient distance tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the mount is chosen very high, the head position changes. This can be useful with a helmet or hearing protection, but on classic hunting stocks it can lead to a floating head.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e T4 GEN-2 – determines clamping logic, weight, and accessory interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece block mount – very rigid and positionally stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick release lever – must match frequency of change, platform, and operating method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-tilt:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0–20 MRAD – more pre-tilt provides more elevation reserve, but does not replace proper zeroing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring diameter: Ø30 mm, Ø34 mm, Ø36 mm; Mount height (MH): MH20, MH25, MH30, MH22.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – Mounts and accessories from German manufacturing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece block mount – riflescope mount for Picatinny\/Weaver platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick release lever – determines whether change speed or permanent bolting is prioritized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-tilt:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0–20 MRAD – 0–20 MRAD means adjustable pre-tilt; 20 MRAD corresponds mathematically to 200 cm angular difference at 100 m.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø30 mm, Ø34 mm, Ø36 mm – determines the suitable version, not just the optics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount height (MH):\u003c\/strong\u003e MH20, MH25, MH30, MH22 – determines the suitable version, not just the optics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Article numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø30 mm \/ MH20: T4073-0020; Ø30 mm \/ MH25: T4073-0025; Ø34 mm \/ MH20: T4074-0020; Ø34 mm \/ MH25: T4074-0025; Ø34 mm \/ MH30: T4074-0030; Ø36 mm \/ MH22: T4076-0022.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Quick Release Lever – 0–20 MRAD in selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo riflescope, no Picatinny rail, no torque wrench, no spirit level, no ZFIX and no additional accessories. Accessories for Universal or T7 interfaces should only be listed as included if they are explicitly part of the scope of delivery in the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this ERATAC mount fit on every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny or Weaver base and must mechanically match the system, ejection port, charging handle, eye relief, and objective diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich mount height should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mount height must match the stock, optics, objective diameter, and shooting position. Too low can cause contact with the barrel or rail, too high often worsens head position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does pre-tilt mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0–20 MRAD means adjustable pre-tilt; 20 MRAD corresponds mathematically to 200 cm angular difference at 100 m. Important: Pre-tilt creates adjustment reserve, but does not replace correct zeroing and appropriate ballistic data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After every mounting or change to the optic attachment, the point of impact must be checked and the weapon re-zeroed or confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this mount not suitable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the tube diameter, mount height, pre-tilt, or clamping system do not match your setup. A strong mount is only strong if the variant is correctly chosen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Quick Release Lever – 0–20 MRAD is a technically sound solution for users who consciously choose mount height, tube diameter, pre-tilt, and clamping. It is worthwhile when point of impact and system logic are more important than the lowest price. It is not suitable if the variant only approximately fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH20","offer_id":56681809609052,"sku":"T4073-0020","price":685.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH25","offer_id":56681809641820,"sku":"T4073-0025","price":685.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH20","offer_id":56681809674588,"sku":"T4074-0020","price":685.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH25","offer_id":56681809707356,"sku":"T4074-0025","price":685.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH30","offer_id":56681809740124,"sku":"T4074-0030","price":685.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø36 mm \/ BH22","offer_id":56681809772892,"sku":"T4076-0022","price":685.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/92cec281-b684-4363-80e3-ad89a0d0f9fc.png?v=1777375685"},{"product_id":"eratac-blockmont-34-bh33-5-30moa-ral8000-mutter","title":"ERATAC One-Piece Mount Ø34\/BH33.5\/30MOA,RAL8000, Nut","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Block Mount Ø34\/BH33.5\/30MOA,RAL8000, Nut – one-piece block mount with screw clamping \/ nut system and 30 MOA pre-cant\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the mount isn't right, even a good scope becomes a factor of uncertainty.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC Block Mount Ø34\/BH33.5\/30MOA,RAL8000, Nut is an ERATAC mount with screw clamping for permanently mounted optics. It connects the scope and weapon as a defined interface – focusing on mounting height, tube diameter, clamping, and point of impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith ERATAC, the variant matters more than the name: tube diameter, mounting height, pre-cant, and clamping system must match the weapon, optic, eye relief, and application. 30 MOA theoretically creates an angular difference of approximately 87 cm at 100 m and is intended more for long-range setups than for short hunting weapons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, \u003cstrong\u003etube diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003emounting height\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003erail standard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003epre-cant\u003c\/strong\u003e, eye relief, and clamping system must all match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: Picatinny\/Weaver rail, scope tube diameter, objective lens diameter, bolt\/charging handle clearance, desired mounting height, 30 MOA pre-cant, and whether screw clamping\/nut system is suitable for your setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece block mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e maximizes rigidity through a continuous base and reduces mounting errors.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eScrew clamping \/ nut system:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for setups where the optic remains permanently on the weapon.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength aluminum \/ Mil-Spec Type III:\u003c\/strong\u003e structurally relevant for ERATAC mounts because mounting points must absorb recoil and clamping forces.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUNIVERSAL interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e for compatible T4\/T5 series, accessories such as spirit levels, SWK, or adapters can be mounted close to the optic.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e30 MOA pre-cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 MOA theoretically creates an angular difference of approximately 87 cm at 100 m and is intended more for long-range setups than for short hunting weapons.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount exists because the connection between glass and weapon must not be improvised. A scope must sit at the correct height, must not shift under recoil, and must be mounted in such a way that eye relief, stock weld, and weapon operation function correctly. T5 GEN-2 describes not just a model series, but a different operating logic: quick-release, permanently bolted solution, ultralight, or T7 with ERA-Grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean optic position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mounting height and tube diameter are selected via the variant; this prevents unnecessarily high or too low setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw clamping \/ nut system reduces improvisation on a safety- and precision-critical component.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan usable pre-cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 MOA must match the distance and the adjustment range of the scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem accessories possible:\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the series, spirit levels, SWK, or adapters can be integrated directly into the ERATAC interface logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's tip: Mounting errors begin before the first shot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNever mount a scope by eye alone. First, adjust the stock weld and eye relief, then determine the mounting height and position, then align the reticle and tighten the screws with the appropriate torque.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor pre-canted mounts, first check if your scope still has enough downward adjustment travel at your planned zeroing distance. 20 MOA is sensible for many long-range setups, but can be unnecessary at short distances with some optics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter every mounting: not just tighten, but zero and document the point of impact. Repeatability is not theory – it only shows itself after removal, reattachment, and a control shot.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis one-piece block mount makes sense if you don't want to skimp on the connection between weapon and optic. It is particularly suitable for setups where point of impact, mounting height, and reproducible clamping are important: precision rifles, AR10\/AR15 platforms, long-range optics, and hunting weapons with higher optic weight. It is less suitable if the variant does not exactly match the optic or if you are only looking for a simple, inexpensive standard mount for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision and long-range setups with a carefully chosen pre-cant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and bolt-action platforms with Picatinny\/Weaver rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with high-quality scopes and clear mounting height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously select ring diameter, mounting height, and clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptics with a different tube diameter than the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable Picatinny\/Weaver base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to check mounting height and eye relief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a cheaper, simpler mount is entirely sufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Block Mount Ø34\/BH33.5\/30MOA,RAL8000, Nut:\u003c\/strong\u003e strong as a permanent set-and-forget mount with screw clamping.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eQuick-release lever:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if you want to remove the optic regularly or switch between setups.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe right choice depends not on the brand name, but on tube diameter, mounting height, pre-cant, and clamping system.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range \/ Precision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-cant and rigid mount help to utilize the optic's adjustment range effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange and Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e reproducible mounting saves troubleshooting for point-of-impact deviations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting bolt-action rifles:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean mounting height and eye relief are crucial for quick aiming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR platforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting height, charging handle clearance, and eye relief must function together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip: Check objective lens clearance and head position in reality\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDon't just check objective lens clearance in dry practice. Dust caps, attachments, neoprene covers, or a thicker barrel can suddenly make seemingly sufficient clearance tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the mount is chosen very high, the head position changes. This can be useful with a helmet or hearing protection, but on classic hunting stocks it can lead to a \"floating\" head.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e T5 GEN-2 – determines clamping logic, weight, and accessory interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece block mount – very rigid and positionally stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw clamping \/ nut system – must match frequency of changes, platform, and working method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 MOA – more pre-cant provides more elevation reserve, but does not replace a proper zero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – mounts and accessories from German manufacturing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece block mount – scope mount for Picatinny\/Weaver platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw clamping \/ nut system – determines whether quick changes or permanent bolting is prioritized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 MOA – 30 MOA theoretically creates an angular difference of approximately 87 cm at 100 m and is intended more for long-range setups than for short hunting weapons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard: T5001-320A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Block Mount Ø34\/BH33.5\/30MOA,RAL8000, Nut in selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo scope, no Picatinny rail, no torque wrench, no spirit level, no ZFIX, and no additional accessories. Accessories for Universal or T7 interfaces should only be listed as included if they are explicitly part of the scope of delivery in the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this ERATAC mount fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny or Weaver base and must mechanically match the system, ejection port, charging handle, eye relief, and objective lens diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich mounting height should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mounting height must match the stock, optic, objective lens diameter, and shooting stance. Too low can cause contact with the barrel or rail, too high often worsens head position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does pre-cant mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e30 MOA theoretically creates an angular difference of approximately 87 cm at 100 m and is intended more for long-range setups than for short hunting weapons. Important: Pre-cant creates adjustment reserve, but does not replace correct zeroing or suitable ballistic data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After every mounting or change to the optic attachment, the point of impact must be checked and the weapon re-zeroed or confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this mount not suitable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the tube diameter, mounting height, pre-cant, or clamping system do not match your setup. A strong mount is only strong if the variant is correctly selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC Block Mount Ø34\/BH33.5\/30MOA,RAL8000, Nut is a technically sound solution for users who consciously choose mounting height, tube diameter, pre-cant, and clamping. It is worthwhile when point of impact and system logic are more important than the lowest price. It is not suitable if the variant only approximately fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681813410140,"sku":"T5001-320A","price":508.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_e041f2bd-f748-465d-b562-646d8c59136e.png?v=1777376430"},{"product_id":"eratac-blockmontage-30-34-36-mm-schraubklemmung-0-moa","title":"ERATAC Monoblock Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Screw Clamp – 0 MOA","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Screw Clamp – 0 MOA – One-Piece Block Mount with Screw Clamp \/ Nut System and 0 MOA Cant\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the mount is not right, even a good scope becomes a factor of uncertainty.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Screw Clamp – 0 MOA is an ERATAC mount with a screw clamp for permanently mounted optics. It connects the scope and weapon as a defined interface – with a focus on height, tube diameter, clamping, and point of impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith ERATAC, the variant matters more than the name: tube diameter, height, cant, and clamping system must match the weapon, optics, eye relief, and application. 0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially canted and the platform is designed for normal distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, \u003cstrong\u003etube diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eheight\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003erail standard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ecant\u003c\/strong\u003e, eye relief, and clamping system must match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: Picatinny\/Weaver rail, scope tube diameter, objective lens diameter, bolt\/charging handle clearance, desired mounting height, 0 MOA cant, and whether a screw clamp \/ nut system makes sense for your setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece block mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e maximizes rigidity through a continuous base and reduces mounting errors.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eScrew clamp \/ nut system:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for setups where the optic remains permanently on the weapon.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength aluminum \/ Mil-Spec Type III:\u003c\/strong\u003e constructively relevant for ERATAC mounts because mounting points must absorb recoil and clamping forces.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUNIVERSAL interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e with suitable T4\/T5 series, accessories such as spirit level, SWK (Side Windage Knob) or adapter can be mounted close to the optic.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e0 MOA cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially canted and the platform is designed for normal distances.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount exists because the connection between glass and weapon must not be improvised. A scope must sit at the correct height, must not shift during recoil, and must be mounted so that eye relief, stock weld, and weapon operation function correctly. T5 GEN-2 not only describes a model series but also a different operating logic: quick release, screwed permanent solution, ultralight or T7 with ERA-Grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean optic position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and tube diameter are selected via the variant; this prevents unnecessarily high or too low setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw clamp \/ nut system reduces improvisation on a safety and precision-relevant component.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan usable cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA must match the distance and adjustment range of the scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem accessories possible:\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the series, a spirit level, SWK or adapter can be integrated directly into the ERATAC interface logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Mounting errors begin before the first shot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNever mount a scope by eye alone. First, set up stock weld and eye relief, then determine height and position, then align the reticle and tighten screws with the appropriate torque.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor canted mounts, first check if your scope still has enough downward adjustment travel at your planned zeroing distance. 20 MOA is useful for many long-range setups, but can be unnecessary at short distances with some scopes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter every mount: don't just tighten, but zero and document the point of impact. Repeatability is not theory – it only shows itself after removal, re-attachment, and a control shot.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis one-piece block mount is useful if you don't want to compromise on the connection between weapon and optic. It is particularly suitable for setups where point of impact, mounting height, and repeatable clamping are important: precision rifles, AR10\/AR15 platforms, long-range scopes, and hunting weapons with higher optic weight. It is less suitable if the variant does not exactly match the optic or if you are only looking for a simple, inexpensive standard mount for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision and long-range setups with carefully chosen cant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and bolt-action platforms with Picatinny\/Weaver rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with high-quality scopes and clear mounting height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously choose ring diameter, height, and clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptics with a different tube diameter than the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable Picatinny\/Weaver base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to check height and eye relief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a cheaper, simple mount is perfectly sufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Screw Clamp – 0 MOA:\u003c\/strong\u003e strong as a permanent set-and-forget mount with screw clamping.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eQuick release lever:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if you want to remove the optic regularly or switch between setups.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe right choice depends not on the brand name, but on tube diameter, height, cant, and clamping system.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range \/ Precision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cant and rigid mounting help to effectively use the adjustment range of the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange and Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e repeatable mounting saves troubleshooting point of impact deviations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting Bolt-Actions:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean height and eye relief are crucial for quick target acquisition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR Platforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting height, charging handle clearance, and eye relief must function together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check objective lens clearance and head position in reality\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDo not just check objective lens clearance in the dry. Dust caps, front attachments, neoprene covers, or a thicker barrel can suddenly make the seemingly sufficient distance tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the mount is chosen very high, the head position changes. This can be useful with a helmet or hearing protection, but on classic hunting stocks, it can lead to a floating head.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e T5 GEN-2 – determines clamping logic, weight, and accessory interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece block mount – very rigid and positionally stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw clamp \/ nut system – must match frequency of changes, platform, and working method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA – more cant provides more elevation reserve, but does not replace proper zeroing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring diameter: Ø30 mm, Ø34 mm, Ø36 mm, —; Height (BH): BH10, BH15, BH20, BH23, BH33, BH13, BH17, BH21 and others.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – mounts and accessories from German manufacturing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece block mount – scope mount for Picatinny\/Weaver platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw clamp \/ nut system – determines whether quick changeability or permanent screwing is prioritized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA – 0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially canted and the platform is designed for normal distances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø30 mm, Ø34 mm, Ø36 mm, — – determines the suitable version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight (BH):\u003c\/strong\u003e BH10, BH15, BH20, BH23, BH33, BH13, BH17, BH21, BH25, BH31, BH30, — – determines the suitable version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Article numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø30 mm \/ BH10: T5013-0010; Ø30 mm \/ BH15: T5013-0015; Ø30 mm \/ BH20: T5013-0020; Ø30 mm \/ BH23: T5013-0023; Ø30 mm \/ BH33: T5013-0033; Ø34 mm \/ BH13: T5014-0013; Ø34 mm \/ BH17: T5014-0017; Ø34 mm \/ BH21: T5014-0021; further variants via selection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Screw Clamp – 0 MOA in selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo scope, no Picatinny rail, no torque wrench, no spirit level, no ZFIX and no additional accessories. Accessories for Universal or T7 interfaces should only be listed as included if they are expressly part of the scope of delivery in the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this ERATAC mount fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny or Weaver base and must mechanically match the system, ejection port, charging handle, eye relief, and objective lens diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich height should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height must match the stock, optic, objective lens diameter, and shooting position. Too low can cause contact with the barrel or rail; too high often worsens head position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the cant mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially canted and the platform is designed for normal distances. Important: Cant creates adjustment reserve, but does not replace correct zeroing and appropriate ballistic data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After every mount or change to the optic attachment, the point of impact must be checked and the weapon re-zeroed or confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this mount not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf tube diameter, height, cant, or clamping system do not match your setup. A strong mount is only strong if the variant is correctly selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Screw Clamp – 0 MOA is a technically clean solution for users who consciously choose mounting height, tube diameter, cant, and clamping. It is worthwhile if point of impact and system logic are more important than the lowest price. It is not useful if the variant only approximately fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH10","offer_id":56681813737820,"sku":"T5013-0010","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH15","offer_id":56681813770588,"sku":"T5013-0015","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH20","offer_id":56681813803356,"sku":"T5013-0020","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH23","offer_id":56681813836124,"sku":"T5013-0023","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH33","offer_id":56681813868892,"sku":"T5013-0033","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH13","offer_id":56681813901660,"sku":"T5014-0013","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH17","offer_id":56681813934428,"sku":"T5014-0017","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH21","offer_id":56681813967196,"sku":"T5014-0021","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH25","offer_id":56681813999964,"sku":"T5014-0025","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH31","offer_id":56681814032732,"sku":"T5014-0031","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø36 mm \/ BH30","offer_id":56681814065500,"sku":"T5016-0030","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"— \/ —","offer_id":56681814098268,"sku":"T5001-341A","price":415.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_007fc844-4b1f-449d-9003-5902208d548b.jpg?v=1777376425"},{"product_id":"eratac-blockmontage-schraubklemmung-30-moa","title":"ERATAC Bundeswehr G22 \/ G29 Monoblock Mount – 34 mm, 30 MOA, sand","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Bundeswehr G22 \/ G29 Monoblock Mount – 34 mm, 30 MOA, sand – One-piece monoblock mount with screw clamping \/ nut system and 30 MOA cant\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the mount isn't right, even a good scope becomes a source of uncertainty.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC Bundeswehr G22 \/ G29 Monoblock Mount – 34 mm, 30 MOA, sand is an ERATAC mount with screw clamping for permanently mounted optics. It connects the scope and weapon as a defined interface – with a focus on height, tube diameter, clamping, and point of impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith ERATAC, the variant matters more than the name: tube diameter, height, cant, and clamping system must match the weapon, optics, eye relief, and application. 30 MOA theoretically produce about 87 cm angular difference at 100 m and are intended more for long-range setups than for short hunting rifles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant classification note:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, the \u003cstrong\u003etube diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eheight\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003erail standard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ecant\u003c\/strong\u003e, eye relief, and clamping system must all match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore buying, check: Picatinny\/Weaver rail, scope tube diameter, objective diameter, bolt\/charging handle clearance, desired mounting height, 30 MOA cant, and whether screw clamping \/ nut system is suitable for your setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece monoblock mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e maximizes rigidity through a continuous base and reduces mounting errors.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eScrew clamping \/ nut system:\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for setups where the optic remains permanently on the weapon.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength aluminum \/ Mil-Spec Type III:\u003c\/strong\u003e structurally relevant for ERATAC mounts because mounting points must absorb recoil and clamping forces.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUNIVERSAL interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e for compatible T4\/T5 series, accessories such as spirit levels, SWK, or adapters can be mounted close to the optic.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e30 MOA cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 MOA theoretically produce about 87 cm angular difference at 100 m and are intended more for long-range setups than for short hunting rifles.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount exists because the connection between glass and weapon must not be improvised. A scope must sit at the correct height, must not shift during recoil, and must be mounted in such a way that eye relief, cheek weld, and weapon operation function correctly. T5 GEN-2 describes not only a model series but a different operating logic: quick-release, permanently bolted solution, ultralight, or T7 with ERA-Grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean optic position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and tube diameter are selected via the variant; this prevents unnecessarily high or too low setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw clamping \/ nut system reduces improvisation on a safety and precision-relevant component.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanned cant usability:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 MOA must match the distance and adjustment range of the scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem accessories possible:\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the series, spirit levels, SWK, or adapters can be integrated directly into the ERATAC interface logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's tip: Mounting errors begin before the first shot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNever mount a scope by eye alone. First, establish cheek weld and eye relief, then determine height and position, then align the reticle and tighten screws with the appropriate torque.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor canted mounts, first check if your scope still has enough downward adjustment range at your planned zeroing distance. 20 MOA is useful for many long-range setups but can be unnecessary at short distances with some optics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter every mounting: don't just tighten, but zero and document the point of impact. Repeatability is not a theory – it only reveals itself after removal, re-attachment, and a control shot.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis one-piece monoblock mount makes sense if you don't want to skimp on the connection between weapon and optic. It is particularly suitable for setups where point of impact, mounting height, and repeatable clamping are important: precision rifles, AR10\/AR15 platforms, long-range optics, and hunting weapons with higher optic weight. It is less suitable if the variant does not exactly match the optic or if you are only looking for a simple, inexpensive standard mount for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision and long-range setups with carefully chosen cant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and bolt-action platforms with Picatinny\/Weaver rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with high-quality scopes and clear mounting height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously select ring diameter, height, and clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptics with a different tube diameter than the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable Picatinny\/Weaver base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to check height and eye relief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a cheaper, simpler mount is perfectly adequate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Bundeswehr G22 \/ G29 Monoblock Mount – 34 mm, 30 MOA, sand:\u003c\/strong\u003e strong as a permanent set-and-forget mount with screw clamping.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eQuick-release lever:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if you want to regularly remove the optic or switch between setups.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe right choice depends not on the brand name, but on tube diameter, height, cant, and clamping system.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range \/ Precision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cant and rigid mounting help to make effective use of the optic's adjustment range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange and Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e reproducible mounting saves troubleshooting for point of impact deviations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting bolt-actions:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean height and eye relief are crucial for quick target acquisition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR platforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting height, charging handle clearance, and eye relief must all work together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip: Realistically check objective clearance and head position\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDo not check objective clearance only in dry conditions. Dust caps, front attachments, neoprene covers, or a thicker barrel can suddenly make the seemingly sufficient clearance tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the mount is chosen very high, the head position changes. This can be useful with a helmet or hearing protection, but on classic hunting stocks, it can lead to a floating head.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026 Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e T5 GEN-2 – determines clamping logic, weight, and accessory interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece monoblock mount – very rigid and positionally stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e screw clamping \/ nut system – must match frequency of change, platform, and working method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 MOA – more cant provides more elevation reserve, but does not replace a proper zero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – mounts and accessories from German manufacturing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece monoblock mount – scope mount for Picatinny\/Weaver platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e screw clamping \/ nut system – determines whether change speed or permanent bolting is prioritized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 MOA – 30 MOA theoretically produce about 87 cm angular difference at 100 m and are intended more for long-range setups than for short hunting rifles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/item numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard: T5001-517A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Bundeswehr G22 \/ G29 Monoblock Mount – 34 mm, 30 MOA, sand in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo scope, no Picatinny rail, no torque wrench, no spirit level, no ZFIX, and no additional accessories. Accessories for Universal or T7 interfaces are only included if explicitly part of the scope of delivery for the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this ERATAC mount fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny or Weaver base and must mechanically match the system, ejection port, charging handle, eye relief, and objective diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich height should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height must match the stock, optics, objective diameter, and cheek weld. Too low can cause contact with the barrel or rail, too high often worsens head position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the cant mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e30 MOA theoretically produce about 87 cm angular difference at 100 m and are intended more for long-range setups than for short hunting rifles. Important: Cant provides elevation reserve, but does not replace proper zeroing and suitable ballistic data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After every mounting or change to the optic attachment, the point of impact must be checked and the weapon re-zeroed or confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this mount not suitable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the tube diameter, height, cant, or clamping system do not match your setup. A strong mount is only strong if the variant is correctly selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC Bundeswehr G22 \/ G29 Monoblock Mount – 34 mm, 30 MOA, sand is a technically sound solution for users who consciously select mounting height, tube diameter, cant, and clamping. It is worthwhile when point of impact and system logic are more important than the lowest price. It is not suitable if the variant only roughly fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56681814229340,"sku":"T5001-517A","price":529.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_aaf489c0-f65b-496a-ad21-334fa0768ab2.jpg?v=1777376426"},{"product_id":"eratac-ringmontage-30-34-mm-schraubklemmung-0-moa","title":"ERATAC Ring Mount 30\/34 mm – Screw Clamp – 0 MOA","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Ring Mount 30\/34 mm – Screw Clamp – 0 MOA – Two-Piece Ring Mount with Screw Clamp \/ Nut System and 0 MOA Inclination\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the mount is not right, even a good scope becomes a source of uncertainty.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC Ring Mount 30\/34 mm – Screw Clamp – 0 MOA is an ERATAC mount with screw clamping for permanently mounted optics. It connects the scope and weapon as a defined interface – with a focus on height, tube diameter, clamping, and point of impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith ERATAC, the variant matters more than the name: tube diameter, height, inclination, and clamping system must match the weapon, optics, eye relief, and intended use. 0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially inclined and the platform is designed for normal distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, \u003cstrong\u003etube diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eheight\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003erail standard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003einclination\u003c\/strong\u003e, eye relief, and clamping system must all match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore buying, check: Picatinny\/Weaver rail, scope tube diameter, objective lens diameter, bolt\/charging handle clearance, desired mounting height, 0 MOA inclination, and whether a screw clamp\/nut system is suitable for your setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eTwo-piece ring mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e offers more freedom in positioning and ejection port\/clearance, and reduces mounting errors.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eScrew clamp \/ Nut system:\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for setups where the optic remains permanently on the weapon.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength aluminum \/ Mil-Spec Type III:\u003c\/strong\u003e structurally relevant for ERATAC mounts because mounting points must absorb recoil and clamping forces.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUNIVERSAL interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e with suitable T4\/T5 series, accessories such as spirit level, SWK (Side Windage Knob) or adapters can be mounted close to the optic.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e0 MOA inclination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially inclined and the platform is designed for normal distances.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount exists because the connection between the optic and the weapon must not be improvised. A scope must be at the correct height, must not shift under recoil, and must be mounted in such a way that eye relief, stock weld, and weapon operation function correctly. T5 GEN-2 not only describes a model series but also a different operating logic: quick-release, screwed permanent solution, ultralight, or T7 with ERA-Grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean optic position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and tube diameter are selected via the variant; this prevents unnecessarily high or too low setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw clamping \/ nut system reduces improvisation on a safety and precision-relevant component.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan inclination usefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA must match the distance and adjustment range of the scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem accessories possible:\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the series, spirit level, SWK, or adapters can be directly integrated into the ERATAC interface logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Mounting errors begin before the first shot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNever mount a scope just by eye. First, adjust the stock weld and eye relief, then determine the height and position, then align the reticle and tighten the screws with the appropriate torque.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor inclined mounts, first check if your scope still has enough downward adjustment range at your planned zeroing distance. 20 MOA is useful for many long-range setups, but can be unnecessary at short distances with some optics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter every mounting: don't just tighten it, but zero it and document the point of impact. Repeatability is not a theory – it only shows after removal, reattachment, and a check shot.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis two-piece ring mount is useful if you don't want to compromise on the connection between your weapon and optic. It is particularly suitable for setups where point of impact, mounting height, and repeatable clamping are important: precision rifles, AR10\/AR15 platforms, long-range optics, and hunting weapons with heavier optics. It is less useful if the variant does not exactly match the optic or if you are simply looking for a simple, inexpensive standard mount for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision and long-range setups with carefully chosen inclination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and bolt-action platforms with Picatinny\/Weaver rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with high-quality scopes and clear mounting height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously select ring diameter, height, and clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptics with a tube diameter different from the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable Picatinny\/Weaver base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to check height and eye relief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a cheaper, simple mount is perfectly sufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Ring Mount 30\/34 mm – Screw Clamp – 0 MOA:\u003c\/strong\u003e strong as a permanent set-and-forget mount with screw clamping.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eQuick-release lever:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if you want to remove the optic regularly or switch between setups.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe right choice depends not on the brand name, but on tube diameter, height, inclination, and clamping system.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range \/ Precision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inclination and rigid mounting help to make good use of the optic's adjustment range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange and Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e repeatable mounting saves troubleshooting point of impact deviations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting Bolt-Actions:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean height and eye relief are crucial for quick target acquisition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR Platforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting height, charging handle clearance, and eye relief must function together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Actually check objective lens clearance and head position\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDon't just check objective lens clearance in dry conditions. Dust caps, front attachments, neoprene covers, or a thicker barrel can suddenly make the seemingly sufficient distance tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the mount is chosen very high, the head position changes. This can be useful with a helmet or hearing protection, but on classic hunting stocks it can lead to a floating head.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e T5 GEN-2 – determines clamping logic, weight, and accessory interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e two-piece ring mount – flexibly positionable with more clearance between the rings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping System:\u003c\/strong\u003e screw clamp \/ nut system – must match frequency of changes, platform, and operating method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInclination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA – more inclination provides more elevation reserve, but does not replace a clean zero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant Logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring diameter: Ø30 mm, Ø34 mm; Height (BH): BH10, BH13, BH17, BH20, BH18, BH25.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – Mounts and accessories manufactured in Germany.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e two-piece ring mount – scope mount for Picatinny\/Weaver platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping System:\u003c\/strong\u003e screw clamp \/ nut system – determines whether quick changes or permanent screwing is prioritized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInclination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA – 0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially inclined and the platform is designed for normal distances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø30 mm, Ø34 mm – determines the suitable version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight (BH):\u003c\/strong\u003e BH10, BH13, BH17, BH20, BH18, BH25 – determines the suitable version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Article Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø30 mm \/ BH10: T5003-0010; Ø30 mm \/ BH13: T5003-0013; Ø30 mm \/ BH17: T5003-0017; Ø30 mm \/ BH20: T5003-0020; Ø34 mm \/ BH10: T5004-0010; Ø34 mm \/ BH13: T5004-0013; Ø34 mm \/ BH18: T5004-0018; Ø34 mm \/ BH25: T5004-0025.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Ring Mount 30\/34 mm – Screw Clamp – 0 MOA in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo scope, no Picatinny rail, no torque wrench, no spirit level, no ZFIX and no additional accessories. Accessories for Universal or T7 interfaces should only be listed as included if they are expressly part of the scope of delivery in the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this ERATAC mount fit on every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny or Weaver base and must mechanically match the system, ejection port, charging handle, eye relief, and objective lens diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich height should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height must match the stock, optic, objective lens diameter, and shooting position. Too low can cause contact with the barrel or rail, too high often worsens head position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the inclination mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially inclined and the platform is designed for normal distances. Important: Inclination creates adjustment reserve but does not replace correct zeroing and appropriate ballistic data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After every mounting or change to the optic attachment, the point of impact must be checked and the weapon must be re-zeroed or confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this mount not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the tube diameter, height, inclination, or clamping system do not match your setup. A strong mount is only strong if the variant is correctly selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Ring Mount 30\/34 mm – Screw Clamp – 0 MOA is a technically sound solution for users who consciously select mounting height, tube diameter, inclination, and clamping. It is worthwhile when point of impact and system logic are more important than the lowest price. It is not useful if the variant only roughly fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH10","offer_id":56681814327644,"sku":"T5003-0010","price":352.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH13","offer_id":56681814360412,"sku":"T5003-0013","price":352.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH17","offer_id":56681814393180,"sku":"T5003-0017","price":352.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH20","offer_id":56681814425948,"sku":"T5003-0020","price":352.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH10","offer_id":56681814458716,"sku":"T5004-0010","price":352.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH13","offer_id":56681814491484,"sku":"T5004-0013","price":352.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH18","offer_id":56681814524252,"sku":"T5004-0018","price":352.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH25","offer_id":56681814557020,"sku":"T5004-0025","price":352.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_73e20565-c4be-4da4-89c9-2d5ac21a1290.jpg?v=1777462182"},{"product_id":"eratac-blockmontage-30-34-36-mm-schraubklemmung-20-moa","title":"ERATAC Monoblock Mount Nut 20 MOA","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Block Mount Nut 20 MOA – One-piece block mount with screw clamping \/ nut system and 20 MOA pre-cant\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the mount is not right, even a good scope becomes a source of uncertainty.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Block Mount Nut 20 MOA is an ERATAC mount with screw clamping for permanently mounted optics. It connects the scope and weapon as a defined interface – focusing on mounting height, tube diameter, clamping, and point of impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith ERATAC, the variant matters more than the name: tube diameter, mounting height, pre-cant, and clamping system must match the weapon, optics, eye relief, and intended use. 20 MOA theoretically creates an angular difference of approximately 58 cm at 100 m and extends the usable elevation adjustment range at distance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, the \u003cstrong\u003etube diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003emounting height\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003erail standard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003epre-cant\u003c\/strong\u003e, eye relief, and clamping system must all match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: Picatinny\/Weaver rail, scope tube diameter, objective diameter, bolt\/charging handle clearance, desired mounting height, 20 MOA pre-cant, and whether a screw clamping \/ nut system is suitable for your setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece block mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e maximizes rigidity through a continuous base and reduces mounting errors.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eScrew clamping \/ nut system:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for setups where the optic remains permanently on the weapon.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength aluminum \/ Mil-Spec Type III:\u003c\/strong\u003e structurally relevant for ERATAC mounts, as mounting points must absorb recoil and clamping forces.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUNIVERSAL interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e for compatible T4\/T5 series, accessories such as spirit levels, SWK (Side Wing Kit) or adapters can be mounted close to the optic.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e20 MOA pre-cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 MOA theoretically creates an angular difference of approximately 58 cm at 100 m and extends the usable elevation adjustment range at distance.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount exists because the connection between glass and weapon must not be improvised. A scope must sit at the correct height, must not shift under recoil, and must be mounted in such a way that eye relief, stock weld, and weapon operation function correctly. T5 GEN-2 describes not only a model series but a different operating logic: quick release, screwed permanent solution, ultralight, or T7 with ERA-Grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean optic position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mounting height and tube diameter are selected via the variant; this prevents unnecessarily high or too low setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw clamping \/ nut system reduces improvisation on a safety and precision-relevant component.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanning usable pre-cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 MOA must match the distance and the adjustment range of the scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem accessories possible:\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the series, spirit levels, SWK or adapters can be integrated directly into the ERATAC interface logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Mounting errors begin before the first shot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNever mount a scope by eye. First, set up stock weld and eye relief, then determine mounting height and position, then align the reticle and tighten screws with the appropriate torque.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor pre-canted mounts, first check if your scope still has enough downward adjustment for your planned zeroing distance. 20 MOA is useful for many long-range setups, but can be unnecessary at short distances with some optics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter every mounting: don't just tighten, but zero in and document the point of impact. Repeatability is not theory – it only shows after removal, re-mounting, and a control shot.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis one-piece block mount is useful if you don't want to cut corners on the connection between weapon and optic. It is particularly suitable for setups where point of impact, mounting height, and reproducible clamping are important: precision rifles, AR10\/AR15 platforms, long-range optics, and hunting weapons with higher optic weight. It is less suitable if the variant does not exactly match the optic or if you are simply looking for a basic, inexpensive standard mount for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision and long-range setups with carefully chosen pre-cant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and bolt-action platforms with Picatinny\/Weaver rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with high-quality scopes and clear mounting height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously choose ring diameter, mounting height, and clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptics with a different tube diameter than the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable Picatinny\/Weaver base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to check mounting height and eye relief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a cheaper, simple mount is perfectly sufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Block Mount Nut 20 MOA:\u003c\/strong\u003e strong as a permanent \"set-and-forget\" mount with screw clamping.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eQuick-release lever:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if you want to remove the optic regularly or switch between setups.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe right choice depends not on the brand name, but on the tube diameter, mounting height, pre-cant, and clamping system.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range \/ Precision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-cant and a rigid mount help to effectively use the optic's adjustment range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange and Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reproducible mounting saves troubleshooting for point of impact deviations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting bolt-actions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean mounting height and eye relief are crucial for quick target acquisition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR platforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mounting height, charging handle clearance, and eye relief must function together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check objective clearance and head position realistically\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDon't just check objective clearance in a dry run. Dust caps, attachments, neoprene covers, or a thicker barrel can suddenly make the seemingly sufficient clearance tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the mount is chosen very high, the head position changes. This can be useful with a helmet or hearing protection, but on classic hunting stocks it can lead to a floating head.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e T5 GEN-2 – determines clamping logic, weight, and accessory interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece block mount – very rigid and positionally stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw clamping \/ nut system – must match frequency of change, platform, and operating method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 MOA – more pre-cant provides more elevation reserve, but does not replace a proper zero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring diameter: Ø30 mm, Ø34 mm, Ø36 mm; Mounting height (BH): BH15, BH22, BH25, BH35, BH13, BH19, BH23, BH27 and others.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – Mounts and accessories from German manufacturing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece block mount – scope mount for Picatinny\/Weaver platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw clamping \/ nut system – determines whether quick changeability or permanent screwing is prioritized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 MOA – 20 MOA theoretically creates an angular difference of approximately 58 cm at 100 m and extends the usable elevation adjustment range at distance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø30 mm, Ø34 mm, Ø36 mm – determines the suitable version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting height (BH):\u003c\/strong\u003e BH15, BH22, BH25, BH35, BH13, BH19, BH23, BH27, BH33, BH21, BH31 – determines the suitable version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Article numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø30 mm \/ BH15: T5013-2015; Ø30 mm \/ BH22: T5013-2022; Ø30 mm \/ BH25: T5013-2025; Ø30 mm \/ BH35: T5013-2035; Ø34 mm \/ BH13: T5014-2013; Ø34 mm \/ BH19: T5014-2019; Ø34 mm \/ BH23: T5014-2023; Ø34 mm \/ BH27: T5014-2027; further variants via selection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Block Mount Nut 20 MOA in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo scope, no Picatinny rail, no torque wrench, no spirit level, no ZFIX, and no additional accessories. Accessories for Universal or T7 interfaces should only be listed as included if explicitly part of the scope of delivery for the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this ERATAC mount fit on every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny or Weaver base and must mechanically match the system, ejection port, charging handle, eye relief, and objective diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich mounting height should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mounting height must match the stock, optic, objective diameter, and shooting position. Too low can cause contact with the barrel or rail, too high often impairs head position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does pre-cant mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e20 MOA theoretically creates an angular difference of approximately 58 cm at 100 m and extends the usable elevation adjustment range at distance. Important: Pre-cant creates adjustment reserve, but does not replace proper zeroing and matching ballistic data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After every mounting or change to the optic attachment, the point of impact must be checked and the weapon re-zeroed or confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this mount not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the tube diameter, mounting height, pre-cant, or clamping system do not match your setup. A strong mount is only strong if the variant is correctly selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Block Mount Nut 20 MOA is a technically sound solution for users who consciously select mounting height, tube diameter, pre-cant, and clamping. It is worthwhile if point of impact and system logic are more important than the lowest price. It is not useful if the variant only approximately fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH15","offer_id":56681814688092,"sku":"T5013-2015","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH22","offer_id":56681814720860,"sku":"T5013-2022","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH25","offer_id":56681814753628,"sku":"T5013-2025","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH35","offer_id":56681814786396,"sku":"T5013-2035","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH13","offer_id":56681814819164,"sku":"T5014-2013","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH19","offer_id":56681814851932,"sku":"T5014-2019","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH23","offer_id":56681814884700,"sku":"T5014-2023","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH27","offer_id":56681814917468,"sku":"T5014-2027","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH33","offer_id":56681814950236,"sku":"T5014-2033","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø36 mm \/ BH21","offer_id":56681814983004,"sku":"T5016-2021","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø36 mm \/ BH31","offer_id":56681815015772,"sku":"T5016-2031","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_007fc844-4b1f-449d-9003-5902208d548b.jpg?v=1777376425"},{"product_id":"eratac-blockmontage-30-34-36-mm-schraubklemmung-70-moa","title":"ERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Screw Clamp – 70 MOA","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Monoblock Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Screw Clamp – 70 MOA – One-piece Monoblock Mount with Screw Clamp \/ Nut System and 70 MOA Cant\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the mount is not correct, even a good scope becomes a factor of uncertainty.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC Monoblock Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Screw Clamp – 70 MOA is an ERATAC mount with a bolted clamp for permanently mounted optics. It connects the scope and the weapon as a defined interface – with a focus on height, tube diameter, clamping, and point of impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAt ERATAC, the variant matters more than the name: tube diameter, height, cant, and clamping system must match the weapon, optics, eye relief, and application. 70 MOA mathematically creates approximately 204 cm of angular difference at 100 m and is a special solution for very large adjustment ranges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, the \u003cstrong\u003etube diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eheight\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003erail standard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ecant\u003c\/strong\u003e, eye relief, and clamping system must all match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: Picatinny\/Weaver rail, scope tube diameter, objective diameter, bolt\/charging handle clearance, desired mounting height, 70 MOA cant, and whether screw clamping\/nut system is suitable for your setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece monoblock mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e maximizes rigidity through a continuous base and reduces mounting errors.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eScrew clamp \/ Nut system:\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for setups where the optic remains permanently on the weapon.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength aluminum \/ Mil-Spec Type III:\u003c\/strong\u003e structurally relevant for ERATAC mounts because mounting points must absorb recoil and clamping forces.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUNIVERSAL interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e with suitable T4\/T5 series, accessories such as spirit level, SWK (Side Windage Knob) or adapters can be mounted close to the optic.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e70 MOA cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 MOA mathematically creates approximately 204 cm of angular difference at 100 m and is a special solution for very large adjustment ranges.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount exists because the connection between glass and weapon must not be improvised. A scope must sit at the correct height, must not shift during recoil, and must be mounted in such a way that eye relief, stock weld, and weapon operation function correctly. T5 GEN-2 describes not only a model series but also a different operating logic: quick release, bolted permanent solution, ultralight, or T7 with ERA-Grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean optic position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and tube diameter are selected via the variant; this prevents unnecessarily high or too low setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw clamping \/ nut system reduces improvisation on a component relevant to safety and precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan usable cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 MOA must match the distance and adjustment range of the scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem accessories possible:\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the series, spirit level, SWK, or adapters can be integrated directly into the ERATAC interface logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's Tip: Mounting errors begin before the first shot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNever mount a scope by eye alone. First, set up stock weld and eye relief, then determine height and position, then align the reticle and tighten screws with the correct torque.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor canted mounts, first check if your scope still has enough downward adjustment travel at your planned zeroing distance. 20 MOA is useful for many long-range setups but can be unnecessary at short distances with some scopes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter every mounting: don't just tighten, but zero in and document the point of impact. Repeatability is not theory – it only becomes apparent after removal, re-mounting, and a control shot.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis one-piece monoblock mount is useful if you don't want to cut corners on the connection between weapon and optic. It is particularly suitable for setups where point of impact, mounting height, and reproducible clamping are important: precision rifles, AR10\/AR15 platforms, long-range scopes, and hunting weapons with higher optic weight. It is less useful if the variant does not exactly match the optic or if you are simply looking for a basic, inexpensive standard mount for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision and long-range setups with carefully selected cant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and bolt-action platforms with Picatinny\/Weaver rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with high-quality scopes and clear mounting height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously choose ring diameter, height, and clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptics with a different tube diameter than the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable Picatinny\/Weaver base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to check height and eye relief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a cheaper, simple mount is completely sufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Monoblock Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Screw Clamp – 70 MOA:\u003c\/strong\u003e strong as a permanent set-and-forget mount with screw clamping.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eQuick-release lever:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if you want to remove the optic regularly or switch between setups.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe right choice depends not on the brand name, but on tube diameter, height, cant, and clamping system.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range \/ Precision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cant and rigid mounting help to make sensible use of the optic's adjustment range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange and Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e reproducible mounting saves troubleshooting for point of impact deviations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting Bolt-Actions:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean height and eye relief are crucial for quick aiming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR Platforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting height, charging handle clearance, and eye relief must function together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check objective clearance and head position in real terms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCheck objective clearance not just dry. Dust caps, attachments, neoprene covers, or a thicker barrel can suddenly make the seemingly sufficient clearance tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the mount is chosen very high, the head position changes. This can be useful with a helmet or hearing protection, but on classic hunting stocks it can lead to a floating head.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e T5 GEN-2 – determines clamping logic, weight, and accessory interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece monoblock mount – very rigid and positionally stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping System:\u003c\/strong\u003e screw clamp \/ nut system – must match frequency of change, platform, and operating method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 MOA – more cant provides more elevation reserve but does not replace proper zeroing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant Logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring diameter: Ø30 mm, Ø34 mm, Ø36 mm; Height (BH): BH20, BH25, BH30, BH22.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – Mounts and accessories made in Germany.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece monoblock mount – scope mount for Picatinny\/Weaver platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping System:\u003c\/strong\u003e screw clamp \/ nut system – determines whether change speed or permanent bolting is prioritized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 MOA – 70 MOA mathematically creates approximately 204 cm of angular difference at 100 m and is a special solution for very large adjustment ranges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø30 mm, Ø34 mm, Ø36 mm – determines the correct version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight (BH):\u003c\/strong\u003e BH20, BH25, BH30, BH22 – determines the correct version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø30 mm \/ BH20: T5063-0020; Ø30 mm \/ BH25: T5063-0025; Ø34 mm \/ BH20: T5064-0020; Ø34 mm \/ BH25: T5064-0025; Ø34 mm \/ BH30: T5064-0030; Ø36 mm \/ BH22: T5066-0022.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Monoblock Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Screw Clamp – 70 MOA in selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo scope, no Picatinny rail, no torque wrench, no spirit level, no ZFIX, and no additional accessories. Accessories for universal or T7 interfaces are only included if explicitly stated as part of the scope of delivery for the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this ERATAC mount fit on every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny or Weaver base and must mechanically match the system, ejection port, charging handle, eye relief, and objective diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich height should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height must match the stock, optic, objective diameter, and shooting position. Too low can cause contact with the barrel or rail, too high often impairs head position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the cant mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e70 MOA mathematically creates approximately 204 cm of angular difference at 100 m and is a special solution for very large adjustment ranges. Important: Cant provides adjustment reserve but does not replace correct zeroing and appropriate ballistic data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After every mounting or change to the optic attachment, the point of impact must be checked and the weapon re-zeroed or confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this mount not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the tube diameter, height, cant, or clamping system does not match your setup. A strong mount is only strong if the variant is chosen correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC Monoblock Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Screw Clamp – 70 MOA is a technically sound solution for users who consciously choose mounting height, tube diameter, cant, and clamping. It is worthwhile when point of impact and system logic are more important than the lowest price. It is not useful if the variant only roughly fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH20","offer_id":56681816883548,"sku":"T5063-0020","price":612.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH25","offer_id":56681816916316,"sku":"T5063-0025","price":612.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH20","offer_id":56681816949084,"sku":"T5064-0020","price":612.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH25","offer_id":56681816981852,"sku":"T5064-0025","price":612.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH30","offer_id":56681817014620,"sku":"T5064-0030","price":612.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø36 mm \/ BH22","offer_id":56681817047388,"sku":"T5066-0022","price":612.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/Recknagel_ERA-TAC_Blockmontage_Mutter_V.jpg?v=1777376412"},{"product_id":"eratac-blockm-steyr-aug-z-34-h20mm-10moa-mutter","title":"ERATAC Block Mount Steyr AUG-Z, Ø34,H20mm 10MOA, Nut","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Blockm. Steyr AUG-Z, Ø34,H20mm 10MOA,Nut – One-piece block mount with screw clamping \/ nut system and 10 MOA pre-cant\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the mount is not correct, even a good scope becomes a factor of uncertainty.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC Blockm. Steyr AUG-Z, Ø34,H20mm 10MOA,Nut is an ERATAC mount with screwed clamping for permanently mounted optics. It connects the scope and weapon as a defined interface – with a focus on height, tube diameter, clamping, and point of impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith ERATAC, the variant matters more than the name: tube diameter, height, pre-cant, and clamping system must match the weapon, optics, eye relief, and application. 10 MOA theoretically create an angular difference of approximately 29 cm at 100 m and provide slightly more elevation reserve than a neutral mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant classification note:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, the \u003cstrong\u003etube diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eheight\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003erail standard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003epre-cant\u003c\/strong\u003e, eye relief, and clamping system must match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: Picatinny\/Weaver rail, scope tube diameter, objective lens diameter, bolt\/charging handle clearance, desired mounting height, 10 MOA pre-cant, and whether a screw clamping \/ nut system is suitable for your setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece block mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e maximizes rigidity through a continuous base and reduces mounting errors.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eScrew clamping \/ Nut system:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for setups where the optic remains permanently on the weapon.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength aluminum \/ Mil-Spec Type III:\u003c\/strong\u003e structurally relevant for ERATAC mounts, as mounting points must absorb recoil and clamping forces.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUNIVERSAL interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e for compatible T4\/T5 series, accessories such as spirit levels, SWK or adapters can be mounted close to the optic.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e10 MOA pre-cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 MOA theoretically create an angular difference of approximately 29 cm at 100 m and provide slightly more elevation reserve than a neutral mount.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount exists because the connection between glass and weapon must not be improvised. A scope must sit at the correct height, must not shift during recoil, and must be mounted in such a way that eye relief, stock weld, and weapon operation function. T5 GEN-2 describes not only a model series but also a different operating logic: quick release, bolted permanent solution, ultralight, or T7 with ERA-Grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean optic position:\u003c\/strong\u003e height and tube diameter are selected via the variant; this prevents unnecessarily high or too low setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw clamping \/ nut system reduces improvisation on a safety and precision-relevant component.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan pre-cant usefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 MOA must match the distance and adjustment range of the scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem accessories possible:\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the series, spirit levels, SWK, or adapters can be integrated directly into the ERATAC interface logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's Tip: Mounting errors begin before the first shot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNever mount a scope by eye alone. First, establish stock weld and eye relief, then determine height and position, then align the reticle and tighten screws with the appropriate torque.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor pre-canted mounts, first check if your scope still has enough downward adjustment travel at your planned zeroing distance. 20 MOA are useful for many long-range setups, but can be unnecessary at short distances with some optics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter every mount: don't just tighten, but zero and document the point of impact. Repeatability is not a theory – it only shows after removal, reattachment, and a control shot.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis one-piece block mount is useful if you don't want to skimp on the connection between weapon and optic. It is particularly suitable for setups where point of impact, mounting height, and reproducible clamping are important: precision rifles, AR10-\/AR15 platforms, long-range optics, and hunting weapons with higher optic weight. It is less useful if the variant does not exactly match the optic or if you are simply looking for a simple, inexpensive standard mount for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision and long-range setups with carefully chosen pre-cant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and bolt-action platforms with Picatinny\/Weaver rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with high-quality scopes and clear mounting height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously select ring diameter, height, and clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptics with a different tube diameter than the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable Picatinny\/Weaver base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to check height and eye relief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a cheaper, simple mount is perfectly sufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Blockm. Steyr AUG-Z, Ø34,H20mm 10MOA,Nut:\u003c\/strong\u003e strong as a permanent set-and-forget mount with screw clamping.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eQuick-release lever:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if you want to regularly remove the optic or switch between setups.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe right choice depends not on the brand name, but on tube diameter, height, pre-cant, and clamping system.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range \/ Precision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-cant and rigid mounting help to make sensible use of the optic's adjustment range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange and Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e reproducible mounting saves troubleshooting for point of impact deviations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting bolt-action rifles:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean height and eye relief are crucial for quick aiming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR platforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting height, charging handle clearance, and eye relief must work together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check objective clearance and head position in real terms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDo not check objective clearance only in dry conditions. Dust caps, attachments, neoprene covers, or a thicker barrel can suddenly make the seemingly sufficient distance tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the mount is chosen very high, the head position changes. This can be useful with a helmet or hearing protection, but on classic hunting stocks it can lead to a \"floating head\".\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e T5 GEN-2 – determines clamping logic, weight, and accessory interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece block mount – very rigid and positionally stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e screw clamping \/ nut system – must match frequency of change, platform, and working method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 MOA – more pre-cant provides more elevation reserve, but does not replace a clean zero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – mounts and accessories from German manufacturing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece block mount – scope mount for Picatinny\/Weaver platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e screw clamping \/ nut system – determines whether quick changeability or permanent screwing is prioritized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 MOA – 10 MOA theoretically create an angular difference of approximately 29 cm at 100 m and provide slightly more elevation reserve than a neutral mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard: T5064-1020.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Blockm. Steyr AUG-Z, Ø34,H20mm 10MOA,Nut in selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo scope, no Picatinny rail, no torque wrench, no spirit level, no ZFIX, and no additional accessories. Accessories for universal or T7 interfaces are only included if explicitly part of the scope of delivery for the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this ERATAC mount fit on every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny or Weaver base and must mechanically match the system, ejection port, charging handle, eye relief, and objective lens diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich height should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height must match the stock, optic, objective lens diameter, and shooting position. Too low can cause contact with the barrel or rail, too high often worsens head position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the pre-cant mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10 MOA theoretically create an angular difference of approximately 29 cm at 100 m and provide slightly more elevation reserve than a neutral mount. Important: Pre-cant creates adjustment reserve, but does not replace correct zeroing and appropriate ballistic data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After every mounting or change to the optic attachment, the point of impact must be checked and the weapon re-zeroed or confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this mount not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the tube diameter, height, pre-cant, or clamping system do not match your setup. A strong mount is only strong if the variant is correctly selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC Blockm. Steyr AUG-Z, Ø34,H20mm 10MOA,Nut is a technically clean solution for users who consciously select mounting height, tube diameter, pre-cant, and clamping. It is worthwhile when point of impact and system logic are more important than the lowest price. It is not useful if the variant only approximately fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681817080156,"sku":"T5064-1020","price":435.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/e68cf64cf94146cbb94e195258676c06.webp?v=1777466600"},{"product_id":"eratac-blockmontage-30-34-36-mm-schraubklemmung-020-mrad","title":"ERATAC One Piece Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Screw Clamp – 0–20 MRAD","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Screw Clamp – 0–20 MRAD – One-piece Block Mount with Screw Clamp \/ Nut System and 0–20 MRAD Cant\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the mount isn't right, even a good scope becomes a source of uncertainty.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Screw Clamp – 0–20 MRAD is an ERATAC mount with screw clamping for permanently mounted optics. It connects the scope and weapon as a defined interface – focusing on mounting height, tube diameter, clamping, and point of impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith ERATAC, the variant matters more than the name: tube diameter, mounting height, cant, and clamping system must match the weapon, optics, eye relief, and application. 0–20 MRAD means adjustable cant; 20 MRAD corresponds mathematically to 200 cm angular difference at 100 m.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, \u003cstrong\u003etube diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003emounting height\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003erail standard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ecant\u003c\/strong\u003e, eye relief, and clamping system must match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: Picatinny\/Weaver rail, scope tube diameter, objective diameter, bolt\/charging handle clearance, desired mounting height, 0–20 MRAD cant, and whether a screw clamp \/ nut system makes sense for your setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece block mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e maximizes rigidity through a continuous base and reduces mounting errors.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eScrew clamp \/ nut system:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for setups where the optic remains permanently on the weapon.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength aluminum \/ Mil-Spec Type III:\u003c\/strong\u003e constructively relevant for ERATAC mounts, because mounting points must absorb recoil and clamping forces.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUNIVERSAL interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e with suitable T4\/T5 series, accessories such as spirit levels, offset red dots, or adapters can be mounted close to the optic.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e0–20 MRAD cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0–20 MRAD means adjustable cant; 20 MRAD corresponds mathematically to 200 cm angular difference at 100 m.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount exists because the connection between glass and weapon must not be improvised. A scope must be at the right height, must not shift during recoil, and must be mounted in such a way that eye relief, stock weld, and weapon operation function correctly. T5 GEN-2 describes not only a model series but also a different operating logic: quick release, screwed permanent solution, ultralight, or T7 with ERA-Grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean optic position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mounting height and tube diameter are chosen via the variant; this prevents unnecessarily high or too low setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw clamp \/ nut system reduces improvisation on a safety and precision-relevant component.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan usable cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0–20 MRAD must match the distance and the scope's adjustment range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem accessories possible:\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the series, spirit levels, offset red dots, or adapters can be integrated directly into the ERATAC interface logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Mounting errors begin before the first shot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNever mount a scope by eye alone. First, set up the stock weld and eye relief, then determine the mounting height and position, then align the reticle and tighten the screws with the appropriate torque.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor canted mounts, first check if your scope still has enough downward adjustment for your planned zeroing distance. 20 MOA is useful for many long-range setups, but can be unnecessary with some optics at short distances.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter every mount: don't just tighten, but zero and document the point of impact. Repeatability is not theory – it only shows itself after removal, reattachment, and a control shot.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis one-piece block mount makes sense if you don't want to cut corners on the connection between weapon and optic. It is particularly suitable for setups where point of impact, mounting height, and reproducible clamping are important: precision rifles, AR10\/AR15 platforms, long-range optics, and hunting weapons with higher optic weight. It is less useful if the variant does not exactly match the optics or if you are simply looking for a simple, inexpensive standard mount for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision and long-range setups with carefully selected cant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and bolt-action platforms with Picatinny\/Weaver rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with high-quality scope and clear mounting height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously choose ring diameter, mounting height, and clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptics with a different tube diameter than the chosen variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable Picatinny\/Weaver base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to check mounting height and eye relief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a cheaper simple mount is completely sufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Screw Clamp – 0–20 MRAD:\u003c\/strong\u003e strong as a permanent set-and-forget mount with screw clamping.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eQuick release lever:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if you want to remove the optic regularly or switch between setups.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe right choice depends not on the brand name, but on tube diameter, mounting height, cant, and clamping system.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range \/ Precision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cant and rigid mounting help to make optimal use of the optic's adjustment range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange and Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e reproducible mounting saves troubleshooting in case of point of impact deviations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting Bolt-Actions:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean mounting height and eye relief are crucial for quick aiming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR Platforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting height, charging handle clearance, and eye relief must work together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check objective clearance and head position in real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDon't just check objective clearance dry. Dust caps, front attachments, neoprene sleeves, or a thicker barrel can suddenly make the seemingly sufficient clearance tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the mount is chosen very high, the head position changes. This can be useful with a helmet or hearing protection, but can lead to a floating head on classic hunting stocks.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e T5 GEN-2 – determines clamping logic, weight, and accessory interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece block mount – very rigid and positionally stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw clamp \/ nut system – must match frequency of changes, platform, and working method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0–20 MRAD – more cant provides more elevation reserve, but does not replace a clean zero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring diameter: Ø30 mm, Ø34 mm, Ø36 mm; Mounting Height (BH): BH20, BH25, BH30, BH22.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – Mounts and accessories made in Germany.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece block mount – scope mount for Picatinny\/Weaver platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw clamp \/ nut system – determines whether quick change speed or permanent screwing is prioritized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0–20 MRAD – 0–20 MRAD means adjustable cant; 20 MRAD corresponds mathematically to 200 cm angular difference at 100 m.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø30 mm, Ø34 mm, Ø36 mm – determines the suitable version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Height (BH):\u003c\/strong\u003e BH20, BH25, BH30, BH22 – determines the suitable version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø30 mm \/ BH20: T5073-0020; Ø30 mm \/ BH25: T5073-0025; Ø34 mm \/ BH20: T5074-0020; Ø34 mm \/ BH25: T5074-0025; Ø34 mm \/ BH30: T5074-0030; Ø36 mm \/ BH22: T5076-0022.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Screw Clamp – 0–20 MRAD in selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo scope, no Picatinny rail, no torque wrench, no spirit level, no ZFIX, and no additional accessories. Accessories for Universal or T7 interfaces should only be listed as included if they are explicitly part of the scope of delivery in the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this ERATAC mount fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny or Weaver base and must mechanically match the system, ejection port, charging handle, eye relief, and objective diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich mounting height should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mounting height must match the stock, optic, objective diameter, and shooting position. Too low can cause contact with the barrel or rail, too high often worsens head position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does cant mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0–20 MRAD means adjustable cant; 20 MRAD corresponds mathematically to 200 cm angular difference at 100 m. Important: Cant creates adjustment reserve, but does not replace correct zeroing and appropriate ballistic data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After every mounting or change to the optic attachment, the point of impact must be checked and the weapon re-zeroed or confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this mount not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf tube diameter, mounting height, cant, or clamping system do not match your setup. A strong mount is only strong if the variant is chosen correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC Block Mount 30\/34\/36 mm – Screw Clamp – 0–20 MRAD is a technically clean solution for users who consciously choose mounting height, tube diameter, cant, and clamping. It is worthwhile when point of impact and system logic are more important than the lowest price. It is not useful if the variant only approximately fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH20","offer_id":56681817309532,"sku":"T5073-0020","price":612.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30 mm \/ BH25","offer_id":56681817342300,"sku":"T5073-0025","price":612.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH20","offer_id":56681817375068,"sku":"T5074-0020","price":612.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH25","offer_id":56681817407836,"sku":"T5074-0025","price":612.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø34 mm \/ BH30","offer_id":56681817440604,"sku":"T5074-0030","price":612.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø36 mm \/ BH22","offer_id":56681817473372,"sku":"T5076-0022","price":612.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/T5073-0020.jpg?v=1777376410"},{"product_id":"eratac-eratac-bruckenmontage-fur-pulsar-nv-lg-192-mm-2","title":"ERATAC Bridge Mount for Pulsar NV, Lg. 192 mm","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Bridge Mount for Pulsar NV, Lg. 192 mm – Bridge Mount for Pulsar NV on Picatinny Base\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClip-on and night vision technology requires a precisely aligned mounting base – otherwise repeatability and point of impact will suffer.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Bridge Mount for Pulsar NV, Lg. 192 mm is an ERATAC bridge mount for Pulsar NV setups with a length of 192 mm. It serves as a stable mounting platform when night vision\/clip-on devices need to be precisely aligned in front of or with the optic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis bridge mount is not a thermal imaging device or an optic. It is a connecting part. Key factors are construction height, length, device compatibility, eye\/objective distance, and legally permissible use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, check: Pulsar model, mounting interface, Picatinny rail, optical axis, device distance, objective diameter, recoil resistance, legal requirements, and whether the system needs to be re-checked after mounting.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eBridge design:\u003c\/strong\u003e creates a longer defined mounting base for optic\/NV combinations.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e192 mm length:\u003c\/strong\u003e relevant for device distance, contact surface, and positioning in front of the optic.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny\/ERATAC system logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e enables more precise interface guidance than improvised individual adapters.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eClip-on device logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e alignment to the optical axis is crucial for purchase.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eMounting check:\u003c\/strong\u003e check point of impact and seating after every modification.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith NV\/clip-on technology, mounting is often underestimated. The device itself may be good – but if it is not precisely aligned to the optical axis, handling problems, repeat errors, or unnecessary strain on the rail and optic will occur.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined device position:\u003c\/strong\u003e facilitates alignment and repeatable setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLonger base:\u003c\/strong\u003e creates more room for spacing and mounting points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem integration:\u003c\/strong\u003e more sensible than adapter chains made of several short parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControllable mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e a firm fit can be better documented and checked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's tip: Never just mechanically mount a clip-on device and be done with it\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAfter mounting an NV\/clip-on system, always check the point of impact and repeatability. A device that looks optically suitable can still create tension or axial misalignment mechanically.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAdditionally, check legal requirements. Night vision and clip-on technology may be regulated differently depending on the country, hunting law, and application.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe bridge mount is useful if a compatible Pulsar NV system is to be cleanly integrated into an existing optic\/Picatinny setup. It is less useful if the device does not have a suitable interface or if a simpler, shorter mount is completely sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePulsar NV setups with a defined mounting base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting optic systems with clip-on\/night vision logic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange\/test setup for checking point of impact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where device spacing must remain reproducible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess useful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncompatible Pulsar or third-party devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups without a sufficiently long Picatinny base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who have not checked legal requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplications where a handheld device is more sensible than clip-on technology\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Bridge Mount for Pulsar NV, Lg. 192 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for defined Pulsar NV integration on a longer base.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eShort individual adapter:\u003c\/strong\u003e simpler if only a single device needs to be mounted without bridge logic.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe bridge is worthwhile if length and alignment are needed. Without a compatible device, it is the wrong part.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting night vision:\u003c\/strong\u003e precisely align clip-on\/NV device with the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench:\u003c\/strong\u003e check spacing, axis, and clearance before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl shot:\u003c\/strong\u003e document point of impact after mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eField\/territory use:\u003c\/strong\u003e mount and transport the device reproducibly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip: Check law and point of impact separately\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nJust because something fits mechanically does not mean it is legally permissible in your application. Before hunting use, check current local regulations.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter any changes to the bridge mount or the device, check the point of impact. Especially with clip-on technology, it should not only be judged by the visual image.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bridge mount for Pulsar NV setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 192 mm – relevant for mounting distance and contact surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picatinny\/ERATAC logic depending on the platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e only useful with a compatible device and checked axis position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegal notice:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the use of night vision\/clip-on technology according to applicable regulations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bridge mount for Pulsar NV.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 192 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersion:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard: T5170-0010.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Bridge Mount for Pulsar NV, Lg. 192 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo Pulsar device, no riflescope, no weapon, no Picatinny rail, and no other accessories. Legal approvals or official permits are not part of the scope of delivery.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the bridge mount fit every Pulsar device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Model, interface, and device geometry must match the mount. Check specific Pulsar compatibility before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to check the point of impact after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. With clip-on\/NV setups, the point of impact must be checked after mounting and remounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this an optic or a night vision device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a mounting base. The actual device and the optic are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy is the length of 192 mm important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe length affects the contact surface, device distance, and positioning. This is often crucial for clip-on\/NV systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is the bridge mount not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your device is not compatible, the rail does not offer enough space, or a simple direct mount is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Bridge Mount for Pulsar NV is a specialized part for clean device integration. It is only worthwhile if compatibility, axis position, legal aspects, and point of impact control are clarified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681817538908,"sku":"T5170-0010","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/Recknagel_T4170-0010_1920x1920_2264126d-97dc-48e8-bc0f-504d61b020a1.jpg?v=1777466589"},{"product_id":"eratac-m-lok-adapter-f-hk-karabiner","title":"ERATAC M-LOK Adapter for HK Carbines","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC M-LOK Adapter for HK Carbine – Sling Adapter for HK Carbines on M-LOK Handguards\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adapter is only useful if it connects the correct interface.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC M-LOK Adapter for HK Carbines is an ERATAC M-LOK adapter for HK sling hooks. It is used to attach an HK sling hook directly to the M-LOK handguard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is not an optics mount and not a universal part. It is crucial that your handguard actually uses M-LOK and that the accessory makes mechanical and ergonomic sense at the chosen position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, check: genuine M-LOK interface, accessory type, screw\/T-nut fit, desired position, sling routing, hand position, and clearance from barrel, gas block, suppressor, or light.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eMilled ERATAC version:\u003c\/strong\u003e According to ERATAC, M-LOK\/KeyMod accessories are made from high-strength aluminum and hard anodized.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eM-LOK direct mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces unnecessary intermediate adapters if the platform matches.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eNo loose components according to system logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e important for small rail and sling adapters on the handguard.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003ePositioning freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e accessories can be placed where hand position, balance, and access are sensible.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version – cross slots, sling adapters, or specific mounting types differ significantly.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis adapter exists because modern handguards do not automatically include Picatinny or sling swivels. M-LOK saves weight and bulk, but requires an adapter at the right place if classic accessories are to be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnect interface cleanly:\u003c\/strong\u003e no makeshift solution with wrong screws or improvised clamps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreely choose position:\u003c\/strong\u003e accessories sit where you really want to operate or load them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e only create Picatinny where it is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImprove sling routing:\u003c\/strong\u003e set the sling point so that the weapon can be carried without disturbing the shooting stance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Test adapter position with equipment before tightening\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDo not finally mount the adapter on an empty table. Include the sling, bipod, gloves, light, and shooting stance. Only then will you see if the position really works.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEspecially check with sling points: Does the sling pull the weapon flat against the body or does it tilt away? Does the adapter interfere with the support hand? Can the sling touch the bolt catch, charging handle, or a light?\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC M-LOK Adapter for HK Carbines is useful if you want to specifically expand an existing M-LOK setup with Picatinny or sling functionality. It is less useful if your weapon already has a better direct mount or if you choose the wrong interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eM-LOK handguards needing accessory mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange and training weapons with changing accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting or sporting long guns with clean sling routing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where only short Picatinny sections are required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without an M-LOK interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who already have a direct Picatinny rail on the rifle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories requiring a different mount or higher load capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositions where the adapter interferes with hand position or barrel\/gas block clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC M-LOK Adapter for HK Carbines:\u003c\/strong\u003e the right choice if M-LOK is to be brought to the desired accessory function.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eDirect accessories without adapter:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if lights, grips, or bipods are directly available for M-LOK\/KeyMod.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAn adapter is only good if it doesn't add unnecessary bulk and doesn't worsen operation.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e short Picatinny sections for bipods, hand stops, or accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e sensibly placing the sling point or accessory position on the handguard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraining:\u003c\/strong\u003e quickly comparing sling routing and accessories between setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench:\u003c\/strong\u003e continuing to use existing Picatinny accessories on M-LOK\/KeyMod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check screws after short use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSmall adapters are located in highly dynamic areas. After the first shots and after the first transport, check whether screws and T-nuts are still tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse appropriate tools and do not overtighten screws. Especially on handguard interfaces, damaged threads are quickly more expensive than the adapter.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterface:\u003c\/strong\u003e M-LOK – only suitable for genuinely compatible slots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e to attach an HK sling hook directly to the M-LOK handguard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC specifies high-strength aluminum and Mil-Spec Type III for M-LOK\/KeyMod accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLimitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e no substitute for an incorrectly chosen accessory position or an unsuitable platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e M-LOK Adapter for HK Sling Hooks – Interface adapter for accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e M-LOK – check on the weapon before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/article numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard: T5500-0000.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC M-LOK Adapter for HK Carbine in selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo sling, no bipod, no light, no Picatinny accessories, no handguard, and no tools. Mounting screws\/T-nuts are only included if they belong to the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the adapter fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It only fits weapons or handguards with a compatible M-LOK interface and sufficient space at the desired position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this an optics mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is an accessory or sling adapter. For scopes or red dots, you need a suitable optics mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat should I pay attention to with sling adapters?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sling must run smoothly under tension, must not block operating elements, and should not cause the weapon to tilt unfavorably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy not use Picatinny directly on the entire handguard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause short adapters can reduce weight, bulk, and sharp edges. Using Picatinny only where it's needed is often more sensible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is the adapter not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the interface does not fit, the accessory is directly available for M-LOK\/KeyMod, or the position worsens your hand position and operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC M-LOK Adapter for HK Carbines is a useful interface component if M-LOK and accessory function truly match. The benefit arises not from the adapter alone, but from its correct position in the setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681817964892,"sku":"T5500-0000","price":64.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/eratac-m-lok-adapter-kaufen-fuer-hk-karabinerhakenriemen.jpg?v=1777376401"},{"product_id":"eratac-m-lok-adapter-f-kugeldruck-rbgl","title":"ERATAC M-LOK Adapter for Push Button Swivel","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC M-LOK Adapter for Push Button Swivels – QD Sling Adapter for Push Button Swivels on M-LOK\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adapter is only useful if it connects the right interface.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC M-LOK Adapter for Push Button Swivels is an ERATAC M-LOK adapter for push button sling swivels. It is used to mount a push button\/QD sling swivel in an M-LOK position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is not an optics mount and not a universal part. It is crucial that your handguard actually uses M-LOK and that the accessory makes mechanical and ergonomic sense at the chosen position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCheck before buying: genuine M-LOK interface, accessory type, screw\/T-nut fit, desired position, sling routing, hand placement, and clearance to barrel, gas block, suppressor, or light.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eMilled ERATAC version:\u003c\/strong\u003e According to ERATAC, M-LOK\/KeyMod accessories are made from high-strength aluminum and hard-anodized.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eM-LOK direct mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces unnecessary intermediate adapters if the platform fits.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eNo lost components according to system logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e important for small rail and sling adapters on the handguard.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003ePositioning freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e accessories can be placed where hand placement, balance, and access are sensible.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version – cross grooves, sling adapters, or specific mounting types differ significantly.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis adapter exists because modern handguards don't automatically come with Picatinny or sling loops. M-LOK saves weight and bulk, but requires an adapter in the right place if classic accessories are to be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnect interface cleanly:\u003c\/strong\u003e no makeshift solutions with wrong screws or improvised clamps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose position freely:\u003c\/strong\u003e accessories are placed where you really want to operate or load them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e only create Picatinny where it is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImprove sling routing:\u003c\/strong\u003e place the sling point so that the weapon can be carried without disturbing the shooting position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's Tip: Test adapter position with equipment before tightening\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDo not finalize the adapter installation at an empty table. Bring your sling, bipod, gloves, light, and shooting position. Only then will you see if the position really works.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEspecially check with sling points: Does the sling pull the weapon flat against the body or does it tip away? Does the adapter interfere with the support hand? Can the sling touch the bolt catch, charging handle, or a light?\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC M-LOK Adapter for Push Button Swivels is useful if you want to specifically expand an existing M-LOK setup with Picatinny or sling functionality. It is less useful if your weapon already has a better direct mount or if you choose the wrong interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eM-LOK handguards with a need for accessory mounting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange and training weapons with changing accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting or sporting long guns with clean sling routing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where only short Picatinny sections are needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without an M-LOK interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who actually have a direct Picatinny rail on the rifle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories that require a different mount or higher load capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositions where the adapter interferes with hand placement or barrel\/gas block clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC M-LOK Adapter for Push Button Swivels:\u003c\/strong\u003e the right choice if M-LOK is to be precisely matched to the desired accessory function.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eDirect accessories without adapter:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if the light, grip, or bipod are directly available for M-LOK\/KeyMod.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAn adapter is only good if it doesn't add unnecessary bulk and doesn't worsen operation.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e short Picatinny sections for bipods, hand stops, or accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e sensibly placing the sling point or accessory position on the handguard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraining:\u003c\/strong\u003e quickly compare sling routing and accessories between setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench:\u003c\/strong\u003e continue to use existing Picatinny accessories on M-LOK\/KeyMod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip: Check screws after short use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSmall adapters are located in highly dynamic areas. After the first shots and after the first transport, check whether screws and T-nuts are still tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse appropriate tools and avoid overtightening screws. Especially at handguard interfaces, damaged threads are quickly more expensive than the adapter.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026 Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterface:\u003c\/strong\u003e M-LOK – only suitable for genuinely compatible slots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e to use a push button\/QD sling swivel in an M-LOK position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC specifies high-strength aluminum and Mil-Spec Type III for M-LOK\/KeyMod accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLimitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e no substitute for a poorly chosen accessory position or an unsuitable platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e M-LOK Adapter for Push Button Swivel – Interface adapter for accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase Interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e M-LOK – check on the weapon before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard: T5510-0000.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC M-LOK Adapter for Push Button Swivels in selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo sling, no bipod, no light, no Picatinny accessories, no handguard, and no tools. Mounting screws\/T-nuts are only included if they belong to the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the adapter fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It only fits weapons or handguards with a compatible M-LOK interface and sufficient space at the desired position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this an optics mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is an accessory or sling adapter. For scopes or red dots, you need a suitable optics mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat should I consider with sling adapters?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sling must run smoothly under tension, must not block controls, and should not tip the weapon unfavorably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy not just use Picatinny on the entire handguard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause short adapters can reduce weight, bulk, and sharp edges. Using Picatinny only where it is needed is often more sensible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is the adapter not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the interface doesn't fit, the accessory is available directly for M-LOK\/KeyMod, or the position worsens your hand placement and operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC M-LOK Adapter for Push Button Swivels is a useful interface component if M-LOK and accessory function truly match. The benefit arises not from the adapter alone, but from its correct position in the setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56681818095964,"sku":"T5510-0000","price":55.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/server_77ac6bfb-9239-4108-88cf-a1477bda0707.webp?v=1777466583"},{"product_id":"eratac-usl-montage-1","title":"ERATAC USL Mount","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC USL Mount – Ultra-Slim-Lever Mount for Red Dot Optics on Picatinny\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA red dot mount determines the optical axis height, co-witness, and usability of the entire platform.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC USL Mount is an ERATAC Ultra-Slim-Lever Mount for various red dot footprints such as Aimpoint Micro, Aimpoint ACRO, Trijicon RMR, Docter\/Noblex, Shield RMS\/SMS, and other variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not a universal red dot mount for every optic. The chosen variant determines the footprint and optical axis height. Co-witness, lower 1\/3, and extra high variants feel significantly different when shouldered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, check: red dot footprint, optical axis height, desired co-witness, Picatinny rail, magnifier compatibility, charging handle clearance, and whether the USL variant fits your specific red dot sight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVariants in this file: Height: co-witness (29mm), lower 1\/3 co-witness (39mm), extra high (57.4mm); Interface: Aimpoint Acro \/ Armadot, Aimpoint Micro, Trijicon RMR, Shield RMS\/SMS, Noblex\/Docter, Aimpoint COA.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUltra-Slim-Lever:\u003c\/strong\u003e flat lever mechanism reduces snagging on equipment or top-mounted charging handles.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eFootprint-specific variants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Micro, ACRO, RMR, Docter\/Noblex and other systems must be chosen correctly.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eOptical axis heights:\u003c\/strong\u003e 29 mm, 39 mm lower 1\/3, and extra high optical axis heights depending on the variant change head position and co-witness.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e7075 aluminum according to ERATAC:\u003c\/strong\u003e relevant for small mounts that must absorb recoil and clamping forces.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Picatinny clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps to compensate for rail tolerances more effectively.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe USL mount exists because red dots don't just have to be \"somehow\" on the weapon. On AR platforms, bolt-action rifles with Picatinny rails, or magnifier setups, the optical axis height determines whether the shooting position, field of view, and operation work. The wrong footprint or height leads to wrong purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootprint cleanly resolved:\u003c\/strong\u003e fewer adapter stacks between red dot and weapon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptical axis height consciously selectable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Co-witness, lower 1\/3, or higher setup depending on the application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim lever mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for compact weapons and confined operating areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny base:\u003c\/strong\u003e clear interface for modern rail platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Do not infer height from product images before purchase\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n29 mm, 39 mm, and 57.4 mm feel completely different. A low mount may fit better with a classic cheek rest; lower 1\/3 often appears freer with AR setups; very high axes are rather intended for an upright head posture, helmet, hearing protection, or magnifier logic.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDon't just measure the mount. Assemble the weapon, stock, optic, magnifier, and if applicable, safety glasses\/hearing protection. Only then will you see if the optical axis height matches your shooting position.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC USL is strong if you are looking for a red dot mount with a clean footprint and height logic. It is less useful if you expect a universal part or don't yet know which footprint your red dot actually has.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and PCC setups with Picatinny rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed dot sights with a clear footprint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMagnifier setups with matching optical axis height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting short-range or driven hunt setups with red dot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess useful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed dots with a different footprint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not check co-witness and optical axis height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a Picatinny rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a fixed screw mount without quick release is more sensible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC USL Mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e slim lever mount for red dot footprints and defined optical axis heights.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eAdapter plate on third-party mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e sometimes cheaper, but often higher, heavier, and with more sources of error.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe USL is worthwhile if the footprint and height are consciously chosen. If incorrectly selected, it is an expensive adapter error.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange \/ Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e fast 1x aiming picture with correct optical axis height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR\/PCC platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e use red dot with charging handle clearance and clean co-witness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnifier setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e adjust optical axis height to flip-to-center mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e mount red dot cleanly for short distances or driven hunts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip: Check footprint and screw pattern\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAimpoint Micro is not Aimpoint ACRO, RMR is not Docter\/Noblex. Before ordering, check the actual footprint of your sight, not just the product family.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter mounting, check zero. Even a high-quality red dot mount changes the point of impact when re-mounted.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSL:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra-Slim-Lever Mount with slim lever locking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootprints:\u003c\/strong\u003e Variants for different red dot systems – exact selection is crucial for purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptical axis heights:\u003c\/strong\u003e co-witness, lower 1\/3, and extra high depending on the variant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e for suitable rails; check tolerances and fit after mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height: co-witness (29mm), lower 1\/3 co-witness (39mm), extra high (57.4mm); Interface: Aimpoint Acro \/ Armadot, Aimpoint Micro, Trijicon RMR, Shield RMS\/SMS, Noblex\/Docter, Aimpoint COA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red dot mount \/ Ultra-Slim-Lever mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeapon interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picatinny.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height: co-witness (29mm), lower 1\/3 co-witness (39mm), extra high (57.4mm); Interface: Aimpoint Acro \/ Armadot, Aimpoint Micro, Trijicon RMR, Shield RMS\/SMS, Noblex\/Docter, Aimpoint COA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction height:\u003c\/strong\u003e co-witness (29mm), lower 1\/3 co-witness (39mm), extra high (57.4mm) – determines the suitable version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aimpoint Acro \/ Armadot, Aimpoint Micro, Trijicon RMR, Shield RMS\/SMS, Noblex\/Docter, Aimpoint COA – determines the suitable version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e co-witness (29mm) \/ Aimpoint Acro \/ Armadot: T6190-0030; co-witness (29mm) \/ Aimpoint Micro: T6120-0028; co-witness (29mm) \/ Trijicon RMR: T6180-0029; co-witness (29mm) \/ Shield RMS\/SMS: T6122-0028; co-witness (29mm) \/ Noblex\/Docter: T6160-0029; lower 1\/3 co-witness (39mm) \/ Aimpoint Acro \/ Armadot: T6190-0039; lower 1\/3 co-witness (39mm) \/ Aimpoint COA: T6121-0039; lower 1\/3 co-witness (39mm) \/ Aimpoint Micro: T6120-0039; lower 1\/3 co-witness (39mm) \/ Trijicon RMR: T6180-0039; lower 1\/3 co-witness (39mm) \/ Shield RMS\/SMS: T6122-0039; lower 1\/3 co-witness (39mm) \/ Noblex\/Docter: T6160-0039; extra high (57.4mm) \/ Aimpoint Acro \/ Armadot: T6160-0039; further variants via selection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC USL Mount in selected footprint\/height variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo red dot, no magnifier, no Picatinny rail, no tools and no additional adapter plate. Screws are only included as far as they belong to the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the USL mount fit every red dot?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You must choose the footprint of your red dot exactly. Aimpoint Micro, ACRO, RMR, Docter\/Noblex, and Shield RMS\/SMS are different interfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does lower 1\/3 mean for optical axis height?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLower 1\/3 means that mechanical sights appear in the lower third of the sight picture. The sight picture appears freer than with absolute co-witness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is an extra high optical axis height useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor an upright head posture, helmet, hearing protection, or magnifier setups. However, it can be too high on classic stocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every new mounting position or new red dot mount must be checked for point of impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is the USL not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your red dot has the wrong footprint, you don't have a Picatinny rail, or you need a different optical axis height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC USL mount is a strong red dot solution if the footprint and optical axis height fit exactly. It is not a universal adapter, but a clean mount for consciously built red dot setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"co-witness (29mm) \/ Aimpoint Acro \/ Armadot","offer_id":56832572260700,"sku":"T6190-0030","price":199.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"co-witness (29mm) \/ Aimpoint Micro","offer_id":56832572326236,"sku":"T6120-0028","price":199.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"co-witness (29mm) \/ Trijicon RMR","offer_id":56832572359004,"sku":"T6180-0029","price":199.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"co-witness (29mm) \/ Shield RMS\/SMS","offer_id":56832572391772,"sku":"T6122-0028","price":199.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"co-witness (29mm) \/ Noblex\/Docter","offer_id":56832572424540,"sku":"T6160-0029","price":199.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"lower 1\/3 co-witness (39mm) \/ Aimpoint Acro \/ Armadot","offer_id":56832572457308,"sku":"T6190-0039","price":199.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"lower 1\/3 co-witness (39mm) \/ Aimpoint COA","offer_id":56832572490076,"sku":"T6121-0039","price":199.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"lower 1\/3 co-witness (39mm) \/ Aimpoint Micro","offer_id":56832572522844,"sku":"T6120-0039","price":199.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"lower 1\/3 co-witness (39mm) \/ Trijicon RMR","offer_id":56832572555612,"sku":"T6180-0039","price":199.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"lower 1\/3 co-witness (39mm) \/ Shield RMS\/SMS","offer_id":56832572588380,"sku":"T6122-0039","price":199.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"lower 1\/3 co-witness (39mm) \/ Noblex\/Docter","offer_id":56832572621148,"sku":"T6160-0039","price":199.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"extra high (57.4mm) \/ Aimpoint Acro \/ Armadot","offer_id":56832572653916,"sku":"T6160-0039","price":199.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"extra high (57.4mm) \/ Aimpoint Micro","offer_id":56832572719452,"sku":"T6120-0057","price":199.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_c49c674e-4f14-4859-9842-cca27eccd2c8.png?v=1777376343"},{"product_id":"eratac-m-lok-picatinny-schiene","title":"ERATAC M-LOK Picatinny Rail","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC M-LOK Picatinny Rail – Adapter Rail from M-LOK to Picatinny Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adapter is only useful if it connects the right interface.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC M-LOK Picatinny Rail is an ERATAC M-LOK Picatinny rail. It is used to mount Picatinny accessories such as bipods, hand stops, lights, or sling points to an M-LOK handguard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is not an optics mount and not a universal part. It is crucial that your handguard truly uses M-LOK and that the accessory makes mechanical and ergonomic sense in the chosen position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, check: genuine M-LOK interface, accessory type, screw\/T-nut fit, desired position, sling routing, hand position, and clearance to barrel, gas block, suppressor, or light.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eMachined ERATAC design:\u003c\/strong\u003e According to ERATAC, M-LOK\/KeyMod accessories are made from high-strength aluminum and hard-anodized.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eM-LOK direct mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces unnecessary intermediate adapters if the platform fits.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eNo loss-prone components according to system logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e important for small rail and sling adapters on the handguard.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003ePositioning freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e accessories can be placed where hand position, balance, and access are meaningful.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Size: Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 9 slots, Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 7 slots, Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 5 slots, Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 3 slots – cross slots, sling adapters, or specific mounting types differ significantly.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis adapter exists because modern handguards do not automatically come with Picatinny or sling loops. M-LOK saves weight and bulk, but requires an adapter at the right place if classic accessories are to be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnect interface cleanly:\u003c\/strong\u003e no makeshift solutions with wrong screws or improvised clamps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose position freely:\u003c\/strong\u003e accessories are placed where you really want to operate or load them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e only create Picatinny where it is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImprove sling routing:\u003c\/strong\u003e place the sling point so that the weapon can be carried without disturbing the shooting position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Test adapter position with equipment before tightening\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDo not finally mount the adapter on an empty table. Include the sling, bipod, gloves, light, and shooting position. Only then will you see if the position really works.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEspecially for sling points, check: Does the sling pull the weapon flat against the body or does it tilt away? Does the adapter interfere with the support hand? Can the sling touch the bolt catch, charging handle, or a light?\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC M-LOK Picatinny Rail is useful if you want to selectively expand an existing M-LOK setup with Picatinny or sling functionality. It is less useful if your weapon already has a better direct mount or if you choose the wrong interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eM-LOK handguards with a need for accessory attachment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange and training weapons with changing accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting or sporting long guns with clean sling routing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where only short Picatinny sections are needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess useful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without an M-LOK interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who already have a direct Picatinny rail on the rifle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories that require a different mount or higher load capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositions where the adapter interferes with hand position or barrel\/gas block clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC M-LOK Picatinny Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e right choice if exactly M-LOK needs to be adapted to the desired accessory function.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eDirect accessories without adapter:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if the light, grip, or bipod are directly available for M-LOK\/KeyMod.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAn adapter is only good if it doesn't add unnecessary bulk and doesn't worsen operation.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e short Picatinny sections for bipods, hand stops, or accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e place sling points or accessory positions on the handguard meaningfully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraining:\u003c\/strong\u003e quickly compare sling routing and accessories between setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench:\u003c\/strong\u003e continue to use existing Picatinny accessories on M-LOK\/KeyMod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check screws after short use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSmall adapters are located in highly dynamic areas. After the first shots and after the first transport, check if screws and T-nuts are still tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse appropriate tools and do not overtighten screws. Especially at handguard interfaces, damaged threads are quickly more expensive than the adapter.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterface:\u003c\/strong\u003e M-LOK – only compatible with genuine compatible slots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e to mount Picatinny accessories such as bipods, hand stops, lights, or sling points to an M-LOK handguard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC specifies high-strength aluminum and Mil-Spec Type III for M-LOK\/KeyMod accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Size: Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 9 slots, Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 7 slots, Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 5 slots, Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 3 slots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLimit:\u003c\/strong\u003e no substitute for a wrongly chosen accessory position or an unsuitable platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e M-LOK Picatinny Rail – interface adapter for accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase Interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e M-LOK – check on the weapon before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Size: Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 9 slots, Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 7 slots, Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 5 slots, Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 3 slots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 9 slots, Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 7 slots, Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 5 slots, Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 3 slots – determines the appropriate version, not just the appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Article Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 9 slots: T5909-0008; Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 7 slots: T5907-0008; Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 5 slots: T5905-0008; Eratac M-lok Picatinny rail 3 slots: T5903-0008.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC M-LOK Picatinny Rail in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo sling, no bipod, no light, no Picatinny accessories, no handguard, and no tools. Mounting screws\/T-nuts are only included to the extent that they belong to the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the adapter fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It only fits weapons or handguards with a compatible M-LOK interface and sufficient space in the desired position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this an optics mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is an accessory or sling adapter. For scopes or red dots, you need a suitable optics mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat should I look for with sling adapters?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sling must run cleanly under tension, must not block any controls, and should not tilt the weapon unfavorably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy not use Picatinny directly on the entire handguard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause short adapters can reduce weight, bulk, and sharp edges. Using Picatinny only where it is needed is often more sensible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is the adapter not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the interface does not fit, the accessory is directly available for M-LOK\/KeyMod, or the position worsens your hand position and operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC M-LOK Picatinny Rail is a useful interface component if M-LOK and accessory function truly match. The benefit does not come from the adapter alone, but from the correct position on the setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Eratac M-lok Picatinny Rail 9 Slots","offer_id":56834643558748,"sku":"T5909-0008","price":67.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Eratac M-lok Picatinny Rail 7 Slots","offer_id":56834643591516,"sku":"T5907-0008","price":62.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Eratac M-lok Picatinny Rail 5 Slots","offer_id":56834643624284,"sku":"T5905-0008","price":58.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Eratac M-lok Picatinny Rail 3 Slots","offer_id":56834643657052,"sku":"T5903-0008","price":57.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/t5905-0008_oben.webp?v=1777466277"},{"product_id":"eratac-adapter-f-harris-zweibein","title":"ERATAC Adapter for Harris bipod","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Adapter for Harris Bipods – Adapter for Harris Bipods on ERATAC\/Picatinny\/KeyMod\/M-LOK Setups\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Harris bipod needs the right interface – otherwise it might fit somehow, but it won't work properly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Adapter for Harris Bipods is an ERATAC adapter for Harris bipods. Depending on the variant, it connects Harris bipods to Picatinny, KeyMod, M-LOK, or ERATAC-compatible mounting systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: This is not a universal bipod adapter for every bipod. The Harris logic, mounting type, T-nut, lever\/nut, and handguard interface must match the specific variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, check: Harris bipod model, existing attachment, Picatinny\/KeyMod\/M-LOK, lever or nut, mounting position on the handguard, barrel\/gas block clearance, and whether the rifle is stable when shooting from a bipod.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVariants: Model: ERATAC Adapter with T-nut for Harris Bipod, EARTAC Adapter with nut for Harris Bipod, ERATAC Adapter with T-nut for Harris Bipod.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHarris interface logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e connects classic Harris bipods with modern rail or handguard systems.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eNut\/T-nut variant depending on selection:\u003c\/strong\u003e selection determines whether quick change or permanent mounting is prioritized.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eLarge contact surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e important because bipods introduce high leverage forces into the handguard.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eVariants for KeyMod\/M-LOK\/Picatinny:\u003c\/strong\u003e prevents incorrect adapter chains.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eMounting position on the forend:\u003c\/strong\u003e influences stability, vibration behavior, and balance.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe adapter solves a real problem: many Harris bipods are proven, but modern firearms use different interfaces on the handguard. Instead of replacing a good bipod, a clean adapter can create the right connection – provided the variant matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContinue using Harris:\u003c\/strong\u003e existing bipod can be used on more modern platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable forend mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e less play than improvised swivel stud solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants by interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose according to Picatinny, KeyMod, M-LOK, or T-nut logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e a stable bipod point facilitates reproducible shooting positions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor tip: Test bipod position before tightening\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nToo far forward often provides more stability but can worsen balance and transport. Too far back feels more compact but can become less stable. Test the position in the prone shooting stance, not just on the workbench.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor heavy barrels and suppressors, also check if the forend comes into contact with the barrel or accessories under load. A bipod introduces forces into the system – that's more than just an accessory rail.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC Adapter for Harris Bipods is useful if you want to use a Harris bipod cleanly on a compatible platform. It is less useful if you are planning a different bipod system, an Arca solution, or a direct M-LOK\/Picatinny attachment without a Harris adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarris bipods on modern handguards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-range and precision platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange and prone shooting training\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting field\/stand weapons requiring a bipod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess useful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-Harris bipods with a different connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArca setups without a Harris interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable handguard\/rail interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not check bipod position and load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Adapter for Harris Bipods:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful if a Harris bipod is to be attached to the chosen interface.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eDirect M-LOK\/Picatinny bipod:\u003c\/strong\u003e simpler if no Harris bipod is already available.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe adapter is worthwhile if you are consciously integrating a Harris system. If you are building from scratch, a directly compatible bipod can sometimes be cleaner.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e stable bipod mount for reproducible prone shooting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e make a Harris bipod usable across multiple weapons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e field hunting or stand hunting with a clean forend rest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench:\u003c\/strong\u003e interface conversion without improvised sling swivel adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip: Check seating after the first shots\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBipod adapters experience more stress than many other accessories. After mounting and the first shots, check that screws, levers, and T-nuts are still seated cleanly.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the bipod has lateral play or the adapter creaks, do not continue training, but check the interface, screws, and contact surface.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adapter for Harris bipods – no bipod and no universal base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nut\/T-nut variant depending on selection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Model: ERATAC Adapter with T-nut for Harris Bipod, EARTAC Adapter with nut for Harris Bipod, ERATAC Adapter with T-nut for Harris Bipod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bipods generate leverage; a secure fit is more important than with many light accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLimit:\u003c\/strong\u003e not suitable for bipods with a different interface without appropriate adapter logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Harris bipod adapter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Model: ERATAC Adapter with T-nut for Harris Bipod, EARTAC Adapter with nut for Harris Bipod, ERATAC Adapter with T-nut for Harris Bipod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC Adapter with T-nut for Harris Bipod, EARTAC Adapter with nut for Harris Bipod, ERATAC Adapter with T-nut for Harris Bipod – determines the suitable version, not just the appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Article Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC Adapter with T-nut for Harris Bipod: T5391-0013; EARTAC Adapter with nut for Harris Bipod: T5390-0013; ERATAC Adapter with T-nut for Harris Bipod: T5390-0005.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Adapter for Harris Bipod in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo Harris bipod, no weapon, no handguard, no Picatinny\/KeyMod\/M-LOK rail, and no other accessories. Mounting screws are only included to the extent that they belong to the variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the adapter fit every Harris bipod?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if the Harris bipod has the appropriate mounting logic. Check the model and connection before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is better: lever or nut?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA lever is more practical for frequent changes. A nut is often more sensible if the bipod remains permanently mounted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the adapter with M-LOK or KeyMod?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly in the corresponding variant. M-LOK, KeyMod, and Picatinny are different interfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to test the bipod position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Position affects stability, balance, transport, and the vibration behavior of the weapon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this adapter not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are not using a Harris bipod, planning an Arca system, or if your platform does not have a suitable interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Adapter for Harris Bipods is a clean solution when a Harris bipod needs to be attached to a compatible modern interface. The variant, position, and secure fit under load are crucial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"ERATAC Adapter with T-Nut for Harris Bipod","offer_id":56837731418460,"sku":"T5391-0013","price":181.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"EARTAC Adapter with nut for Harris bipod","offer_id":56837731451228,"sku":"T5390-0013","price":160.2,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"ERATAC Adapter with T-Nut for Harris Bipod","offer_id":56837731483996,"sku":"T5390-0005","price":80.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/adapter_mit_riemenbuegelkopf_mit_mutter-300x200.jpg?v=1777376338"},{"product_id":"eratac-blockmontage-mit-muttern-3verl-20mo","title":"ERATAC Offset Block Mount with Nuts","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Offset Unimount with Nuts – One-Piece Unimount with Extended\/Offset Design with Screw Clamping \/ Nut System and 0 MOA Cant\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the mount isn't right, even a good scope becomes a factor of uncertainty.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Offset Unimount with Nuts is an ERATAC mount with screw clamping for permanently mounted optics. It connects the scope and weapon as a defined interface – focusing on height, tube diameter, clamping, and point of impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith ERATAC, the variant matters more than the name: tube diameter, height, cant, and clamping system must match the weapon, optic, eye relief, and application. 0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially canted and the platform is designed for normal distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, \u003cstrong\u003etube diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eheight\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003erail standard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ecant\u003c\/strong\u003e, eye relief, and clamping system must all match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: Picatinny\/Weaver rail, optic tube diameter, objective lens diameter, bolt\/charging handle clearance, desired mounting height, 0 MOA cant, and whether a screw clamping \/ nut system is suitable for your setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece unimount with extended\/offset design:\u003c\/strong\u003e maximizes rigidity through a continuous base and reduces mounting errors.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eScrew clamping \/ nut system:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for setups where the optic remains permanently on the weapon.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength aluminum \/ Mil-Spec Type III:\u003c\/strong\u003e constructively relevant for ERATAC mounts because mounting points must absorb recoil and clamping forces.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUNIVERSAL interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e for compatible T4\/T5 series, accessories such as a spirit level, SWK (Side Windage Knob), or adapters can be mounted close to the optic.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e0 MOA cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially canted and the platform is designed for normal distances.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount exists because the connection between glass and weapon must not be improvised. A scope must sit at the correct height, must not shift under recoil, and must be mounted in such a way that eye relief, stock weld, and weapon operation function correctly. T5 GEN-2 describes not only a model series but a different operating logic: quick-release, screwed permanent solution, ultralight, or T7 with ERA-Grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean optic position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and tube diameter are selected via the variant; this prevents unnecessarily high or too low setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw clamping \/ nut system reduces improvisation on a safety and precision-relevant component.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan usable cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA must match the distance and the adjustment range of the scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem accessories possible:\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the series, a spirit level, SWK, or adapter can be integrated directly into the ERATAC interface logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Mounting errors begin before the first shot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNever mount a scope by eye alone. First, set up stock weld and eye relief, then determine height and position, then align the reticle and tighten screws with the appropriate torque.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor canted mounts, first check if your scope still has enough downward adjustment for your planned zeroing distance. 20 MOA is useful for many long-range setups, but can be unnecessary at short distances with some optics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter every mounting: don't just tighten, but zero and document the point of impact. Repeatability is not a theory – it only shows itself after removal, re-mounting, and a control shot.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis one-piece unimount with an extended\/offset design is useful if you don't want to skimp on the connection between weapon and optic. It is particularly suitable for setups where point of impact, mounting height, and reproducible clamping are important: precision rifles, AR10\/AR15 platforms, long-range optics, and hunting weapons with higher optic weight. It is less useful if the variant does not exactly match the optic or if you are simply looking for a simple, inexpensive standard mount for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision and long-range setups with carefully chosen cant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and bolt-action platforms with Picatinny\/Weaver rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with high-quality scopes and clear mounting height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously choose ring diameter, height, and clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess useful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptics with a different tube diameter than the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable Picatinny\/Weaver base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to check height and eye relief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a cheaper, simpler mount is perfectly sufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Offset Unimount with Nuts:\u003c\/strong\u003e strong as a permanent set-and-forget mount with screw clamping.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eQuick-release levers:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if you want to regularly remove the optic or switch between setups.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe right choice depends not on the brand name, but on tube diameter, height, cant, and clamping system.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range \/ Precision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cant and rigid mounting help to effectively utilize the adjustment range of the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange and Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e reproducible mounting saves troubleshooting for point of impact deviations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting bolt-action rifles:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean height and eye relief are crucial for quick target acquisition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR platforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting height, charging handle clearance, and eye relief must function together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check objective clearance and head position in real conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDo not check objective clearance only in dry conditions. Dust caps, front attachments, neoprene covers, or a thicker barrel can suddenly make the seemingly sufficient clearance tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the mount is chosen very high, the head position changes. This can be useful with a helmet or hearing protection, but on classic hunting stocks, it can lead to a floating head.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e T5 GEN-2 – determines clamping logic, weight, and accessory interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece unimount with extended\/offset design – very rigid and positionally stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw clamping \/ nut system – must match frequency of changes, platform, and working method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA – more cant provides more elevation reserve, but does not replace a clean zero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height\/cant: Ht 20mm, Ht 22mm \/ 20 Moa, Ht 22mm, Ht 32mm \/ 20 Moa, Ht 20mm \/ 20 Moa, Ht 32mm, Ht 34mm \/ 20 Moa, Ht 34mm and others; Diameter: 34mm, 30mm, Default; Model: 3 Ext., 2 Ext., 2Ext., Default.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – mounts and accessories made in Germany.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece unimount with extended\/offset design – scope mount for Picatinny\/Weaver platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw clamping \/ nut system – determines whether quick changes or permanent screwing is prioritized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA – 0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially canted and the platform is designed for normal distances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\/cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ht 20mm, Ht 22mm \/ 20 Moa, Ht 22mm, Ht 32mm \/ 20 Moa, Ht 20mm \/ 20 Moa, Ht 32mm, Ht 34mm \/ 20 Moa, Ht 34mm, Default – determines the appropriate version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 34mm, 30mm, Default – determines the appropriate version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Ext., 2 Ext., 2Ext., Default – determines the appropriate version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/item numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ht 20mm \/ 34mm \/ 3 Ext.: T5034-0020; Ht 22mm \/ 20 Moa \/ 30mm \/ 3 Ext.: T5033-2022; Ht 22mm \/ 20 Moa \/ 30mm \/ 2 Ext.: T5023-2022; Ht 22mm \/ 34mm \/ 2Ext.: T5024-0020; Ht 22mm \/ 30mm \/ 3 Ext.: T5033-0022; Ht 22mm \/ 30mm \/ 2 Ext.: T5023-0022; Ht 32mm \/ 20 Moa \/ 30mm \/ 2 Ext.: T5024-2032; Ht 20mm \/ 20 Moa \/ 34mm \/ 2 Ext.: T5024-2020; other variants via selection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Offset Unimount with Nuts in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo scope, no Picatinny rail, no torque wrench, no spirit level, no ZFIX, and no additional accessories. Accessories for universal or T7 interfaces should only be listed as included if they are expressly part of the scope of delivery in the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this ERATAC mount fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny or Weaver base and must mechanically fit the system, ejection port, charging handle, eye relief, and objective lens diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich height should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height must match the stock, optic, objective lens diameter, and shooting position. Too low can cause contact with the barrel or rail; too high often worsens head position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the cant mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially canted and the platform is designed for normal distances. Important: Cant creates adjustment reserve, but does not replace correct zeroing and appropriate ballistic data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After every mounting or change to the optic attachment, the point of impact must be checked and the weapon re-zeroed or confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this mount not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the tube diameter, height, cant, or clamping system does not match your setup. A strong mount is only strong if the variant is correctly chosen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Offset Unimount with Nuts is a technically clean solution for users who consciously choose mounting height, tube diameter, cant, and clamping. It is worthwhile if point of impact and system logic are more important than the lowest price. It is not useful if the variant only approximately fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"BH 20mm \/ 34mm \/ 3 vol.","offer_id":56845457359196,"sku":"T5034-0020","price":404.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"BH 22mm \/ 20 Moa \/ 30mm \/ 3 vol.","offer_id":56845457391964,"sku":"T5033-2022","price":404.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"BH 22mm \/ 20 Moa \/ 30mm \/ 2 losses","offer_id":56845457424732,"sku":"T5023-2022","price":404.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"BH 22mm \/ 34mm \/ 2OT","offer_id":56845457457500,"sku":"T5024-0020","price":404.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"BH 22mm \/ 30mm \/ 3 vol.","offer_id":56845457490268,"sku":"T5033-0022","price":404.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"BH 22mm \/ 30mm \/ 2 losses","offer_id":56845457523036,"sku":"T5023-0022","price":404.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Scope mount 32mm \/ 20 Moa \/ 30mm \/ 2 losses","offer_id":56845457555804,"sku":"T5024-2032","price":404.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bh 20mm \/ 20 Moa \/ 34mm \/ 2 losses","offer_id":56845457588572,"sku":"T5024-2020","price":404.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bra 32mm \/ 34mm \/ 2 losses","offer_id":56845457621340,"sku":"T5024-0032","price":404.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"BH 34mm \/ 20 Moa \/ 30mm \/ 2 losses","offer_id":56845457654108,"sku":"T5023-2034","price":404.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bra 34mm \/ 30mm \/ 2 losses","offer_id":56845457686876,"sku":"T5023-0034","price":404.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Standard \/ Standard \/ Standard","offer_id":56845457719644,"sku":"T5034-2020","price":404.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_9e184a10-4fc7-439d-8b21-29a8e905510f.jpg?v=1777376335"},{"product_id":"eratac-keymod-picatinny-schiene","title":"ERATAC KeyMod Picatinny Rail - 3 to 9 Slots","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC KeyMod Picatinny Rail – 3 to 9 Slots – Adapter Rail from KeyMod to Picatinny Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adapter only makes sense if it connects the correct interface.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC KeyMod Picatinny Rail – 3 to 9 Slots is an ERATAC KeyMod Picatinny rail. It is used to mount Picatinny accessories such as bipods, hand stops, lights, or sling points to a KeyMod handguard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is not an optic mount and not a universal part. It is crucial that your handguard actually uses KeyMod and that the accessories make mechanical and ergonomic sense in the chosen position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCheck before buying: genuine KeyMod interface, type of accessory, screw\/T-nut fit, desired position, sling routing, hand position, and clearance to barrel, gas block, suppressor, or light.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eMilled ERATAC version:\u003c\/strong\u003e According to ERATAC, M-LOK\/KeyMod accessories are made from high-strength aluminum and hard-anodized.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eKeyMod direct mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces unnecessary intermediate adapters if the platform fits.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eNo components that can be lost according to system logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e important for small rail and sling adapters on the handguard.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eFreedom of position:\u003c\/strong\u003e accessories can be placed where hand position, balance, and access are sensible.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Size: Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 9 Slots, Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 7 Slots, Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 5 Slots, Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 3 Slots – transverse slots, sling adapters, or specific mounting types differ significantly.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis adapter exists because modern handguards do not automatically come with Picatinny or sling swivels. KeyMod saves weight and bulk but requires an adapter in the right place if classic accessories are to be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnect interface cleanly:\u003c\/strong\u003e no makeshift solutions with wrong screws or improvised clamps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose position freely:\u003c\/strong\u003e accessories sit where you really want to operate or load them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e create Picatinny only where it is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImprove sling routing:\u003c\/strong\u003e position the sling point so that the weapon can be carried without disturbing the shooting stance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Test adapter position with equipment before tightening\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDo not finalize the adapter installation at an empty table. Include the sling, bipod, gloves, light, and shooting stance. Only then will you see if the position really works.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEspecially check with sling points: Does the sling pull the weapon flat against the body or does it tip away? Does the adapter interfere with the support hand? Can the sling touch the bolt catch, charging handle, or a light?\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC KeyMod Picatinny Rail – 3 to 9 Slots is useful if you want to specifically extend an existing KeyMod setup with Picatinny or sling functionality. It is less useful if your weapon already has a better direct mount or if you choose the wrong interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeyMod handguards with a need for accessory mounting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange and training weapons with interchangeable accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting or sporting rifles with clean sling routing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where only short Picatinny sections are needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a KeyMod interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who already have a direct Picatinny rail on their rifle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories that require a different mount or higher load capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositions where the adapter interferes with hand position or barrel\/gas block clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC KeyMod Picatinny Rail – 3 to 9 Slots:\u003c\/strong\u003e the right choice if KeyMod needs to be precisely adapted to the desired accessory function.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eDirect accessories without adapter:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if light, grip, or bipod are directly available for M-LOK\/KeyMod.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAn adapter is only good if it doesn't unnecessarily add bulk and doesn't worsen operation.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e short Picatinny sections for bipods, hand stops, or accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e sensibly placing sling points or accessory positions on the handguard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraining:\u003c\/strong\u003e quickly comparing sling routing and accessories between setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench:\u003c\/strong\u003e continuing to use existing Picatinny accessories on M-LOK\/KeyMod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check screws after short use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSmall adapters are located in heavily used areas. After the first shots and after the first transport, check whether screws and T-nuts are still tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse appropriate tools and do not overtighten screws. Especially at handguard interfaces, damaged threads can quickly be more expensive than the adapter.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026 Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterface:\u003c\/strong\u003e KeyMod – only suitable for genuine compatible slots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mount Picatinny accessories such as bipods, hand stops, lights, or sling points to a KeyMod handguard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC specifies high-strength aluminum and Mil-Spec Type III for M-LOK\/KeyMod accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Size: Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 9 Slots, Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 7 Slots, Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 5 Slots, Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 3 Slots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLimitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e not a substitute for a poorly chosen accessory position or an unsuitable platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e KeyMod Picatinny Rail – Interface adapter for accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase Interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e KeyMod – check on the weapon before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Size: Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 9 Slots, Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 7 Slots, Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 5 Slots, Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 3 Slots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 9 Slots, Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 7 Slots, Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 5 Slots, Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 3 Slots – determines the suitable version, not just the appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 9 Slots: T4909-0010; Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 7 Slots: T4907-0010; Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 5 Slots: T4905-0010; Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 3 Slots: T4903-0010.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC KeyMod Picatinny Rail – 3 to 9 Slots in selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo sling, no bipod, no light, no Picatinny accessories, no handguard, and no tools. Mounting screws\/T-nuts are only included as far as they belong to the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the adapter fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It only fits weapons or handguards with a compatible KeyMod interface and sufficient space at the desired position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this an optic mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is an accessory or sling adapter. For scopes or red dots, you need a suitable optic mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do I need to consider with sling adapters?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sling must run cleanly under tension, must not block any controls, and should not awkwardly tilt the weapon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy not use Picatinny directly on the entire handguard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause short adapters can reduce weight, bulk, and sharp edges. Using Picatinny only where it is needed is often more sensible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is the adapter not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the interface does not fit, the accessory is directly available for M-LOK\/KeyMod, or the position worsens your hand placement and operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC KeyMod Picatinny Rail – 3 to 9 Slots is a useful interface component if KeyMod and accessory function truly match. The benefit does not come from the adapter alone, but from its correct position in the setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 9 Slots","offer_id":56845584236892,"sku":"T4909-0010","price":60.2,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 7 Slots","offer_id":56845584269660,"sku":"T4907-0010","price":55.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 5 Slots","offer_id":56845584302428,"sku":"T4905-0010","price":50.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Eratac Keymod Picatinny Rail 3 Slots","offer_id":56845584335196,"sku":"T4903-0010","price":49.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_5f7b20e1-8a81-4393-bdad-b6ef7893daa2.png?v=1777376334"},{"product_id":"eratac-keymod-adapter","title":"ERATAC KeyMod Adapter - Ball Detent or HK","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC KeyMod Adapter – Push Button or HK – KeyMod Adapter for Push Button or HK Sling Attachment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adapter is only useful if it connects the correct interface.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC KeyMod Adapter – Push Button or HK is an ERATAC KeyMod sling adapter. It is used to create sling attachment points for push-button swivels or HK snap hooks on KeyMod handguards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is not an optics mount and not a universal part. It is crucial that your handguard actually uses KeyMod and that the accessory makes mechanical and ergonomic sense in the chosen position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, check: genuine KeyMod interface, accessory type, screw\/nut plate fit, desired position, sling routing, hand position, and clearance to barrel, gas block, suppressor, or light.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eMilled ERATAC design:\u003c\/strong\u003e According to ERATAC, M-LOK\/KeyMod accessories are made of high-strength aluminum and hard-anodized.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eKeyMod direct mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces unnecessary intermediate adapters if the platform fits.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eNo loose components by system logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e important for small rail and sling adapters on the handguard.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eFreedom of position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Accessories can be placed where hand position, balance, and access are sensible.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Size: push button, HK – transverse grooves, sling adapter, or specific attachment type differ significantly.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis adapter exists because modern handguards do not automatically come with Picatinny rails or sling swivels. KeyMod saves weight and bulk, but requires an adapter in the right place if traditional accessories are to be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnect interface cleanly:\u003c\/strong\u003e no makeshift solutions with wrong screws or improvised clamps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose position freely:\u003c\/strong\u003e accessories are placed where you genuinely want to operate or stress them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e create Picatinny only where it is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImprove sling routing:\u003c\/strong\u003e place the sling point so that the weapon can be carried without interfering with the shooting stance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Test adapter position with equipment before tightening\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDon't permanently install the adapter on an empty table. Include the sling, bipod, gloves, light, and your shooting stance. Only then will you see if the position truly works.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor sling points, pay special attention: Does the sling pull the weapon flat against your body, or does it tilt away? Does the adapter interfere with your support hand? Can the sling touch the bolt catch, charging handle, or a light?\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC KeyMod Adapter – Push Button or HK is useful if you want to specifically expand an existing KeyMod setup with Picatinny or sling functionality. It is less useful if your weapon already has a better direct mount or if you choose the wrong interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeyMod handguards needing accessory mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange and training weapons with changing accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting or sporting long guns with clean sling routing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where only short Picatinny sections are required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess useful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a KeyMod interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who already have a direct Picatinny rail on their rifle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories that require a different mount or higher load capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositions where the adapter interferes with hand position or barrel\/gas block clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC KeyMod Adapter – Push Button or HK:\u003c\/strong\u003e correct choice if exactly KeyMod needs to be adapted for the desired accessory function.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eDirect accessories without an adapter:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if the light, grip, or bipod are directly available for M-LOK\/KeyMod.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAn adapter is only good if it doesn't add unnecessary bulk and doesn't worsen operation.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e short Picatinny sections for bipods, hand stops, or accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e sensibly place sling points or accessory positions on the handguard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraining:\u003c\/strong\u003e quickly compare sling routing and accessories between setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench:\u003c\/strong\u003e continue to use existing Picatinny accessories on M-LOK\/KeyMod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check screws after short use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSmall adapters are located in highly dynamic areas. After the first shots and after the first transport, check whether screws and nut plates are still tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse appropriate tools and do not overtighten screws. Especially on handguard interfaces, damaged threads can quickly become more expensive than the adapter itself.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterface:\u003c\/strong\u003e KeyMod – only suitable for genuinely compatible slots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e to create sling attachment points for push-button swivels or HK snap hooks on KeyMod handguards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC states high-strength aluminum and Mil-Spec Type III for M-LOK\/KeyMod accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Size: Push Button, HK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLimitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e no substitute for a poorly chosen accessory position or an unsuitable platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e KeyMod Sling Adapter – Interface adapter for accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBasic Interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e KeyMod – check on the weapon before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Size: Push Button, HK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Push Button, HK – determines the correct version, not just the appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Push Button: T4510-0000; HK: T4500-0000.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC KeyMod Adapter – Push Button or HK in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo sling, no bipod, no light, no Picatinny accessories, no handguard, and no tools. Mounting screws\/nut plates are only included as far as they belong to the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the adapter fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It only fits weapons or handguards with a compatible KeyMod interface and sufficient space at the desired position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this an optics mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is an accessory or sling adapter. For scopes or red dots, you need a suitable optics mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat should I pay attention to with sling adapters?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sling must run cleanly under tension, must not block any controls, and should not tip the weapon unfavorably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy not use Picatinny directly on the entire handguard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause short adapters can reduce weight, bulk, and sharp edges. Only using Picatinny where it is needed is often more sensible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is the adapter not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the interface does not fit, if the accessory is directly available for M-LOK\/KeyMod, or if the position worsens your hand position and operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC KeyMod Adapter – Push Button or HK is a useful interface component if KeyMod and the accessory function truly match. The benefit does not arise from the adapter alone, but from its correct position in the setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Ballpoint pressure","offer_id":56845635715420,"sku":"T4510-0000","price":47.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"HK","offer_id":56845635748188,"sku":"T4500-0000","price":57.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_8ddd75f2-a72e-432b-8dab-8f1ecb66e96b.jpg?v=1777376331"},{"product_id":"eratac-adapter-fur-harris-zweibein-mit-hebel","title":"ERATAC Adapter Set – T-Nut \/ Adapter \/ KeyMod","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Adapter Set – T-Nut \/ Adapter \/ KeyMod – Adapters for Harris Bipods on ERATAC\/Picatinny\/KeyMod\/M-LOK Setups\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Harris bipod needs the right interface – otherwise, it may be attached, but it won't perform properly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Adapter Set – T-Nut \/ Adapter \/ KeyMod is an ERATAC adapter for Harris bipods. Depending on the variant, it connects Harris bipods to Picatinny, KeyMod, M-LOK, or ERATAC-compatible mounting systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: This is not a universal bipod adapter for every bipod. The Harris logic, mounting type, T-nut, lever\/nut, and handguard interface must match the specific variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, check: Harris bipod model, existing attachment, Picatinny\/KeyMod\/M-LOK, lever or nut, mounting position on the handguard, barrel\/gas block clearance, and whether the weapon is stable with the bipod in position.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVariants: Size: T-Nut, Adapter, Keymod.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHarris interface logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e connects classic Harris bipods to modern rail or handguard systems.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eQuick-release lever \/ lever variant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Selection determines whether quick changes or permanent mounting are prioritized.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eLarge contact base:\u003c\/strong\u003e important because bipods introduce high leverage forces into the handguard.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eVariants for KeyMod\/M-LOK\/Picatinny:\u003c\/strong\u003e prevents incorrect adapter chains.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eMounting position on the forend:\u003c\/strong\u003e affects stability, vibration behavior, and balance.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe adapter solves a real problem: many Harris bipods are proven, but modern weapons use different interfaces on the handguard. Instead of replacing a good bipod, a clean adapter can create the right connection – provided the variant fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContinue using Harris:\u003c\/strong\u003e existing bipod can be used on more modern platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable forend mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e less play than improvised sling swivel solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants by interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose suitable for Picatinny, KeyMod, M-LOK, or T-nut logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e a stable bipod point facilitates reproducible shooting positions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's tip: Test bipod position before tightening\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nToo far forward often provides more stability but can worsen balance and transport. Too far back feels more compact but can become less stable. Test the position in a prone shooting stance, not just at the workbench.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor heavy barrels and suppressors, additionally check if the handguard touches the barrel or accessories under load. A bipod introduces forces into the system – it's more than just an accessory rail.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC Adapter Set – T-Nut \/ Adapter \/ KeyMod is useful if you want to use a Harris bipod cleanly on a compatible platform. It is less useful if you plan a different bipod system, an Arca solution, or a direct M-LOK\/Picatinny attachment without a Harris adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarris bipods on modern handguards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-range and precision platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange and prone shooting training\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting field\/stand weapons requiring a bipod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-Harris bipods with different connections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArca setups without a Harris interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable handguard\/rail interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not check bipod position and load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Adapter Set – T-Nut \/ Adapter \/ KeyMod:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful if a Harris bipod is to be attached to the chosen interface.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eDirect M-LOK\/Picatinny bipod:\u003c\/strong\u003e simpler if no Harris bipod is present yet.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe adapter is worthwhile if you deliberately integrate a Harris system. If you are building from scratch, a directly compatible bipod can sometimes be cleaner.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e stable bipod attachment for reproducible prone shooting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e making a Harris bipod usable across multiple weapons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e field hunting or stand hunting with clean forend support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench:\u003c\/strong\u003e interface conversion without improvised sling swivel adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip: Check tightness after the first shots\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBipod adapters experience more stress than many other accessories. After mounting and the first shots, check that screws, levers, and T-nuts are still seated cleanly.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the bipod has lateral play or the adapter creaks, do not continue training; instead, check the interface, screws, and contact surface.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adapter for Harris bipods – no bipod and no universal base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick-release lever \/ lever variant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Size: T-Nut, Adapter, Keymod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bipods generate leverage forces; a firm fit is more important than for many light accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLimit:\u003c\/strong\u003e not suitable for bipods with a different interface without appropriate adapter logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Harris bipod adapter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Size: T-Nut, Adapter, Keymod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e T-Nut, Adapter, Keymod – determines the correct version, not just the appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/item numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e T-Nut: T4391-0013; Adapter: T4390-0013; Keymod: T4390-0007.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Adapter Set – T-Nut \/ Adapter \/ KeyMod in the chosen variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo Harris bipod, no weapon, no handguard, no Picatinny\/KeyMod\/M-LOK rail, and no other accessories. Mounting screws are only included as far as they belong to the variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the adapter fit every Harris bipod?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if the Harris bipod has the correct mounting logic. Check model and connection before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich is better: lever or nut?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA lever is more practical for frequent changes. A nut is often more sensible if the bipod remains permanently mounted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the adapter on M-LOK or KeyMod?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly in the corresponding variant. M-LOK, KeyMod, and Picatinny are different interfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to test the bipod position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Position affects stability, balance, transport, and vibration behavior of the weapon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this adapter not suitable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are not using a Harris bipod, planning an Arca system, or your platform does not have a suitable interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Adapter Set – T-Nut \/ Adapter \/ KeyMod is a clean solution if a Harris bipod is to be attached to a suitable modern interface. The variant, position, and firm fit under load are crucial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"T-slot nut","offer_id":56845672776028,"sku":"T4391-0013","price":217.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Adapter","offer_id":56845672808796,"sku":"T4390-0013","price":196.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Keymod","offer_id":56845672841564,"sku":"T4390-0007","price":72.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_c3afd848-65d2-45ac-939e-720060283244.jpg?v=1777376329"},{"product_id":"eratac-picatinny-riser-bh15","title":"ERATAC Picatinny Riser BH15","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Picatinny Riser BH15 – Picatinny Riser for Optics and Accessories with 15 mm Height\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA riser solves height issues – but incorrect selection can create new aiming problems.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC Picatinny Riser BH15 is an ERATAC Picatinny Riser with BH15 logic. It raises the mounting plane for optics or accessories on an existing Picatinny rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA riser is not a scope mount and not a substitute for the correct base mount. It changes the axis height, head position, mechanical offset, and potentially co-witness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant Note on Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCheck before buying: existing Picatinny rail, desired length, lever or nut clamping, construction height, optic\/accessory weight, co-witness, eye relief, and mechanical offset.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVariants: Length: 130 mm, 160 mm, —, 49 mm; Mounting system: quick-release lever, nut.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e15 mm Elevation:\u003c\/strong\u003e significantly changes the axis height and can bring optics\/accessories to the desired line.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny-on-Picatinny:\u003c\/strong\u003e creates a raised, defined rail plane.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eLever or Nut Variants:\u003c\/strong\u003e choice between quicker changes and permanent screw clamping.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eLength Variants:\u003c\/strong\u003e short or longer contact surface depending on optic\/accessory.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eSystem Limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e more height also means more mechanical offset at close range.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe riser exists because some setups require more height: red dot with magnifier, upright head posture, helmet\/hearing protection, night vision\/thermal accessories, or clearance over controls. However, it should not be used indiscriminately, as it significantly changes the shooting stance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust Axis Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bring optic or accessory to a more sensible line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picatinny on top again for existing mounts\/accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant by Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lever for changing, nut for permanent mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSetup Freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e can create space for charging handles, magnifiers, or attachments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's Tip: Plan for Mechanical Offset at Close Range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEvery increase in the optical axis magnifies the distance between the barrel and the sight line. At short distances, the hit will therefore be further below the point of aim.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis is not theoretical at 5–10 m, but practically visible. If you train with a riser, you must consciously train at close range.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC Picatinny Riser is useful if you need a defined height increase and understand the consequences. It is less useful if you want to use it to mask an incorrectly chosen mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Dot\/Magnifier setups with higher axis line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlatforms with helmet, hearing protection, or upright head posture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories requiring clearance over controls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange setups where height is consciously trained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess useful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic hunting stocks with an already high sight line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not train for mechanical offset\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVery heavy optics without sufficient contact surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a suitable mount would be cleaner than a riser\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Picatinny Riser BH15:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful if you want to increase Picatinny by a defined 15 mm.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eDirectly Matching Mount Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e often better if you are planning a completely new optical setup anyway.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA riser is good if it solves a height problem. It is bad if it only stacks adapter on adapter.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR Setups:\u003c\/strong\u003e higher head position with red dot or magnifier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e consciously train height logic and offset.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptic Accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e create clearance over other components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTest Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e evaluate axis height before final mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Avoid Adapter Stacks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA riser plus mount plus adapter can quickly become too high, heavy, and prone to error. Check if a mount with the correct construction height would be the cleaner solution.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe more interfaces are stacked, the more important torque, contact surface, and control shots become.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e BH15 – 15 mm increase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picatinny bottom and top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Length: 130 mm, 160 mm, —, 49 mm; Mounting system: quick-release lever, nut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lever or nut depending on selection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e increases mechanical offset and can worsen head position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picatinny Riser \/ Elevation Rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e BH15 – 15 mm increase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Length: 130 mm, 160 mm, —, 49 mm; Mounting system: quick-release lever, nut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 130 mm, 160 mm, —, 49 mm – determines the suitable version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting System:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick-release lever, nut – determines the suitable version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 130 mm \/ quick-release lever: T4213-0115; 130 mm \/ nut: T5213-0115; 160 mm \/ quick-release lever: T4216-0115; 160 mm \/ nut: T5216-0115; — \/ quick-release lever: T4249-0115; 49 mm \/ nut: T5249-0115.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Picatinny Riser BH15 in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo optic, no mount, no red dot, no magnifier, and no other accessories. The riser does not replace a suitable base mount.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the riser fit every Picatinny rail?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt requires a compatible Picatinny rail with sufficient length and a clean contact surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat practically changes with a 15mm riser?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt raises the optical axis. This can improve stance and visibility, but also increases mechanical offset at close range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eLever or nut – what is more sensible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA lever is more practical for quick changes. A nut is sensible if the riser remains permanently mounted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a riser better than a higher mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if you want to sensibly reuse existing parts. For a new setup, a suitable mount height is often cleaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every change to axis height or mounting position must be confirmed with a control shot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC Picatinny Riser BH15 is useful if you need a defined Picatinny elevation. It is not useful if it only creates an unnecessary stack of adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"130 mm \/ Quick release lever","offer_id":56863724699996,"sku":"T4213-0115","price":300.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"130 mm \/ Mother","offer_id":56863724732764,"sku":"T5213-0115","price":227.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"160 mm \/ Quick release lever","offer_id":56863724765532,"sku":"T4216-0115","price":300.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"160 mm \/ Mother","offer_id":56863724798300,"sku":"T5216-0115","price":227.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"— \/ Quick release lever","offer_id":56863724831068,"sku":"T4249-0115","price":207.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"49 mm \/ Mother","offer_id":56863724863836,"sku":"T5249-0115","price":170.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/oxFP-638555199027122897_35_t5249-0115_0_small_a3ff3458-2bf2-482f-899e-feaa9d47b4dc.png?v=1777375685"},{"product_id":"eratac-blockmont-20moa-hebel","title":"ERATAC Block Mount, 20MOA, Lever","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Block Mount, 20MOA, Lever – one-piece block mount with quick-release lever and 20 MOA forward cant\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the mount isn't right, even a good scope becomes a source of uncertainty.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Block Mount, 20MOA, Lever is an ERATAC mount with an adjustable quick-release lever for Picatinny\/Weaver systems. It connects the scope and weapon as a defined interface – focusing on height, tube diameter, clamping, and point of impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith ERATAC, the variant matters more than the name: tube diameter, height, forward cant, and clamping system must match the weapon, optics, eye relief, and application. 20 MOA theoretically create an angular difference of approximately 58 cm at 100 m and extend the usable elevation adjustment range at a distance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant Classification Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, the \u003cstrong\u003etube diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eheight\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003erail standard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eforward cant\u003c\/strong\u003e, eye relief, and clamping system must all match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: Picatinny\/Weaver rail, scope tube diameter, objective diameter, bolt\/charging handle clearance, desired mount height, 20 MOA forward cant, and whether a quick-release lever is sensible for your setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece block mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e maximizes rigidity through a continuous base and reduces mounting errors.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eQuick-release lever:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for changing optics or transport when repeatable removal is important.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength aluminum \/ Mil-Spec Type III:\u003c\/strong\u003e constructively relevant for ERATAC mounts because mounting points must absorb recoil and clamping forces.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUNIVERSAL interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e for compatible T4\/T5 series, accessories such as spirit levels, windage\/elevation knobs, or adapters can be mounted close to the optic.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e20 MOA forward cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 MOA theoretically create an angular difference of approximately 58 cm at 100 m and extend the usable elevation adjustment range at a distance.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount exists because the connection between the scope and weapon must not be improvised. A scope must sit at the correct height, must not shift under recoil, and must be mounted so that eye relief, stock weld, and weapon operation function correctly. T4 GEN-2 describes not only a model series but also a different operating logic: quick change, permanently bolted solution, ultralight, or T7 with ERA-Grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean optic position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and tube diameter are chosen via the variant; this prevents unnecessarily high or too low setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick-release lever reduces improvisation on a safety- and precision-relevant component.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanned use of forward cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 MOA must match the distance and adjustment range of the scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem accessories possible:\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the series, spirit levels, windage\/elevation knobs, or adapters can be integrated directly into the ERATAC interface logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's Tip: Mounting errors begin before the first shot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNever mount a scope by eye alone. First, set up stock weld and eye relief, then determine height and position, then align the reticle and tighten screws with the appropriate torque.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor pre-canted mounts, first check if your scope still has enough downward adjustment range at your planned zeroing distance. 20 MOA is useful for many long-range setups, but may be unnecessary at short distances with some scopes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter every mounting: don't just tighten, but zero in and document the point of impact. Repeatability is not theory – it only shows itself after removal, reattachment, and a control shot.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis one-piece block mount makes sense if you don't want to cut corners on the connection between your weapon and optic. It is particularly suitable for setups where point of impact, mounting height, and reproducible clamping are important: precision rifles, AR10\/AR15 platforms, long-range scopes, and hunting weapons with higher optic weight. It is less suitable if the variant does not exactly match the optic or if you are only looking for a simple, inexpensive standard mount for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision and long-range setups with carefully chosen forward cant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and bolt-action platforms with Picatinny\/Weaver rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with high-quality scopes and clear mounting height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously choose ring diameter, height, and clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptics with a different tube diameter than the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable Picatinny\/Weaver base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to check height and eye relief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a cheaper, simpler mount is perfectly sufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Block Mount, 20MOA, Lever:\u003c\/strong\u003e strong when quick removal, transport, or optic changes are relevant.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eScrew clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e often more logical if the scope remains permanently on a weapon and tools are not an issue.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe right choice depends not on the brand name, but on the tube diameter, height, forward cant, and clamping system.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range \/ Precision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Forward cant and a rigid mount help to make sensible use of the optic's adjustment range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange and Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e reproducible mounting saves troubleshooting point of impact deviations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting Bolt-Actions:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean height and eye relief are crucial for quick aiming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR Platforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting height, charging handle clearance, and eye relief must all function together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check objective clearance and head position in reality\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDon't just check objective clearance dry. Dust caps, attachments, neoprene covers, or a thicker barrel can suddenly make the seemingly sufficient distance tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the mount is chosen very high, the head position changes. This can be useful with a helmet or hearing protection, but on classic hunting stocks, it can lead to a floating head.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e T4 GEN-2 – determines clamping logic, weight, and accessory interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece block mount – very rigid and positionally stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping System:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick-release lever – must match change frequency, platform, and working method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForward Cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 MOA – more forward cant provides more elevation reserve, but does not replace a proper zero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant Logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Diameter: 34mm, 30mm; Extension: 3\", 2\"; Height: 20mm, 22mm, 32mm, 34mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – mounts and accessories from German manufacturing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece block mount – scope mount for Picatinny\/Weaver platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping System:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick-release lever – determines whether quick change speed or permanent bolting is prioritized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForward Cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 MOA – 20 MOA theoretically create an angular difference of approximately 58 cm at 100 m and extend the usable elevation adjustment range at a distance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 34mm, 30mm – determines the appropriate version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtension:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\", 2\" – determines the appropriate version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20mm, 22mm, 32mm, 34mm – determines the appropriate version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 34mm \/ 3\" \/ 20mm: T4034-2020; 34mm \/ 2\" \/ 22mm: T4024-2020; 34mm \/ 2\" \/ 32mm: T4024-2032; 30mm \/ 3\" \/ 22mm: T4033-2022; 30mm \/ 2\" \/ 22mm: T4023-2022; 30mm \/ 2\" \/ 34mm: T4023-2034.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Block Mount, 20MOA, Lever in selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo scope, no Picatinny rail, no torque wrench, no spirit level, no ZFIX, and no additional accessories. Accessories for universal or T7 interfaces should only be listed as included if they are explicitly part of the scope of delivery for the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this ERATAC mount fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny or Weaver base and must mechanically match the system, ejection port, charging handle, eye relief, and objective diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich height should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height must match the stock, optic, objective diameter, and shooting stance. Too low can cause contact with the barrel or rail, too high often worsens head position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the forward cant mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e20 MOA theoretically create an angular difference of approximately 58 cm at 100 m and extend the usable elevation adjustment range at a distance. Important: forward cant provides adjustment reserve, but does not replace proper zeroing and matching ballistic data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After every mounting or change to the optic attachment, the point of impact must be checked and the weapon re-zeroed or confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this mount not sensible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the tube diameter, height, forward cant, or clamping system do not match your setup. A strong mount is only strong if the variant is correctly selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Block Mount, 20MOA, Lever is a technically sound solution for users who consciously choose mounting height, tube diameter, forward cant, and clamping. It is worthwhile when point of impact and system logic are more important than the lowest price. It is not sensible if the variant only roughly fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"34mm \/ 3\" \/ 20mm","offer_id":56863877988700,"sku":"T4034-2020","price":477.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"34mm \/ 2\" \/ 22mm","offer_id":56863878021468,"sku":"T4024-2020","price":477.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"34mm \/ 2\" \/ 32mm","offer_id":56863878054236,"sku":"T4024-2032","price":477.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30mm \/ 3\" \/ 22mm","offer_id":56863878087004,"sku":"T4033-2022","price":477.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30mm \/ 2\" \/ 22mm","offer_id":56863878119772,"sku":"T4023-2022","price":477.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30mm \/ 2\" \/ 34mm","offer_id":56863878152540,"sku":"T4023-2034","price":477.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/92cec281-b684-4363-80e3-ad89a0d0f9fc.png?v=1777375685"},{"product_id":"eratac-ultralight-blockmontage-verlaengert-bh22-24","title":"ERATAC Ultralight Extended Mount – 30mm – 0\/20 MOA","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Ultralight Cantilever Mount – 30 mm – 0\/20 MOA – One-piece mount with extended\/offset design, Torx screw clamping, and 20 MOA cant\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the mount isn't right, even a good scope becomes a source of uncertainty.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Ultralight Cantilever Mount – 30 mm – 0\/20 MOA is a weight-optimized ERATAC Ultralight mount for Picatinny\/Weaver. It connects the scope and weapon as a defined interface – with a focus on height, tube diameter, clamping, and point of impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith ERATAC, the variant matters more than the name: tube diameter, height, cant, and clamping system must match the weapon, optics, eye relief, and intended use. 20 MOA mathematically generates an angular difference of approximately 58 cm at 100 m and extends the usable elevation adjustment range at long distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant Note for Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, the \u003cstrong\u003etube diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eheight\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003erail standard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ecant\u003c\/strong\u003e, eye relief, and clamping system must all match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: Picatinny\/Weaver rail, optic tube diameter, objective lens diameter, bolt\/charging handle clearance, desired mounting height, 20 MOA cant, and whether Torx screw clamping makes sense for your setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece mount with extended\/offset design:\u003c\/strong\u003e maximizes rigidity through a continuous base and reduces mounting errors.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eTorx screw clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for setups where the optic remains permanently on the weapon.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength aluminum \/ Mil-Spec Type III:\u003c\/strong\u003e structurally relevant for ERATAC mounts because mounting points must absorb recoil and clamping forces.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eWeight-optimized construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces mass above the weapon and can improve balance and handling.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e20 MOA cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 MOA mathematically generates an angular difference of approximately 58 cm at 100 m and extends the usable elevation adjustment range at long distances.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount exists because the connection between glass and weapon must not be improvised. A scope must sit at the correct height, must not shift under recoil, and must be mounted so that eye relief, stock weld, and weapon operation function correctly. T3 Ultralight describes not just a model series, but a different operating logic: quick release, permanent screw-on solution, ultralight, or T7 with ERA-Grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean optic position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and tube diameter are selected via the variant; this prevents unnecessarily high or too low setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Torx screw clamping reduces improvisation on a safety and precision-relevant component.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsable cant planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 MOA must match the distance and adjustment range of the scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem accessories possible:\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the series, a spirit level, SWK, or adapter can be integrated directly into the ERATAC interface logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Mounting errors begin before the first shot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNever mount a scope by eye alone. First, adjust stock weld and eye relief, then determine height and position, then align the reticle and tighten screws to the correct torque.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor canted mounts, first check if your scope still has enough downward adjustment at your planned zeroing distance. 20 MOA is useful for many long-range setups, but can be unnecessary at short distances with some optics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter any mounting: don't just tighten, but zero and document the point of impact. Repeatability is not theory – it only shows after removal, reattachment, and a control shot.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis one-piece cantilever mount is sensible if you don't want to compromise on the connection between weapon and optic. It is particularly suitable for setups where point of impact, mounting height, and reproducible clamping are important: precision rifles, AR10-\/AR15 platforms, long-range optics, and hunting weapons with higher optic weight. It is less suitable if the variant does not exactly match the optic or if you are only looking for a simple, inexpensive standard mount for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision and long-range setups with carefully chosen cant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and bolt-action platforms with Picatinny\/Weaver rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with high-quality scopes and clear mounting height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously select ring diameter, height, and clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptics with a different tube diameter than the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable Picatinny\/Weaver base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to check height and eye relief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a cheaper, simpler mount is completely sufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUltralight mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful when weight and handling play an important role.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eMore massive mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e often more logical for the heaviest optics, extreme continuous loads, or maximum accessory integration.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe right choice does not depend on the brand name, but on tube diameter, height, cant, and clamping system.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range \/ Precision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cant and rigid mounting help to use the optic's adjustment range effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange and Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e reproducible mounting saves troubleshooting point of impact deviations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting Bolt-Actions:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean height and eye relief are crucial for quick aiming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR Platforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting height, charging handle clearance, and eye relief must function together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check objective lens clearance and head position in reality\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDo not check objective lens clearance only when dry. Dust caps, front attachments, neoprene covers, or a thicker barrel can suddenly make seemingly sufficient clearance tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the mount is chosen very high, the head position changes. This can be useful with a helmet or hearing protection, but on classic hunting stocks, it can lead to a floating head.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e T3 Ultralight – determines clamping logic, weight, and accessory interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece cantilever mount with extended\/offset design – very rigid and positionally stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Torx screw clamping – must match frequency of changes, platform, and modus operandi.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 MOA – more cant provides more elevation reserve, but does not replace a proper zero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant Logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ring diameter: 30 mm; Inclination: 0 MOA, 22 MOA, 24 MOA, 20 MOA; Height: BH24, BH23, BH22.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – mounts and accessories from German manufacturing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece cantilever mount with extended\/offset design – scope mount for Picatinny\/Weaver platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Torx screw clamping – determines whether quick changes or permanent screwing is prioritized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 MOA – 20 MOA mathematically generates an angular difference of approximately 58 cm at 100 m and extends the usable elevation adjustment range at long distances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm – determines the suitable version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInclination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA, 22 MOA, 24 MOA, 20 MOA – determines the suitable version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e BH24, BH23, BH22 – determines the suitable version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Article Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm \/ 0 MOA \/ BH24: T3024-0020; 30 mm \/ 22 MOA \/ BH23: T3023-2022; 30 mm \/ 0 MOA \/ BH23: T3023-0022; 30 mm \/ 24 MOA \/ BH22: T3022-2024; 30 mm \/ 20 MOA \/ BH24: T3024-2020; 30 mm \/ 0 MOA \/ BH22: T3022-0024.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Ultralight Cantilever Mount – 30 mm – 0\/20 MOA in selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo scope, no Picatinny rail, no torque wrench, no spirit level, no ZFIX, and no additional accessories. Accessories for universal or T7 interfaces should only be listed as included if they are explicitly part of the scope of delivery for the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this ERATAC mount fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny or Weaver base and must mechanically match the system, ejection port, charging handle, eye relief, and objective lens diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich height should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height must match the stock, optic, objective lens diameter, and shooting position. Too low can cause contact with the barrel or rail; too high often worsens head position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the cant mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e20 MOA mathematically generates an angular difference of approximately 58 cm at 100 m and extends the usable elevation adjustment range at long distances. Important: cant creates adjustment reserve, but does not replace proper zeroing and matching ballistic data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After any mounting or change to the optic attachment, the point of impact must be checked and the weapon must be re-zeroed or confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this mount not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the tube diameter, height, cant, or clamping system do not match your setup. A strong mount is only strong if the variant is chosen correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Ultralight Cantilever Mount – 30 mm – 0\/20 MOA is a technically sound solution for users who consciously select mounting height, tube diameter, cant, and clamping. It is worthwhile when point of impact and system logic are more important than the lowest price. It is not useful if the variant is only approximately suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"30 mm \/ 0 MOA \/ BH24","offer_id":56864761708892,"sku":"T3024-0020","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 mm \/ 22 MOA \/ BH23","offer_id":56864761741660,"sku":"T3023-2022","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 mm \/ 0 MOA \/ BH23","offer_id":56864761774428,"sku":"T3023-0022","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 mm \/ 24 months \/ BH22","offer_id":56864761807196,"sku":"T3022-2024","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 mm \/ 20 MOA \/ BH24","offer_id":56864761839964,"sku":"T3024-2020","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 mm \/ 0 MOA \/ BH22","offer_id":56864761872732,"sku":"T3022-0024","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/c21d101f-6f6c-4e77-bf6b-661ffdfd46d9.png?v=1777375684"},{"product_id":"eratac-ultralight-blockmontage-verlaengert-30-34-moa","title":"ERATAC Ultralight Cantilever Mount","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Ultralight Cantilever Mount – One-piece cantilever mount with Torx screw clamping and 0 MOA forward cant\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the mount isn't right, even a good rifle scope becomes a source of uncertainty.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Ultralight Cantilever Mount is a weight-optimized ERATAC Ultralight Cantilever Mount for Picatinny\/Weaver rails. It connects the rifle scope and weapon as a defined interface – focusing on mounting height, tube diameter, clamping, and point of impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor ERATAC, the variant matters more than the name: tube diameter, mounting height, forward cant, and clamping system must match the weapon, optics, eye relief, and intended use. 0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially canted forward and the platform is designed for normal distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, the \u003cstrong\u003etube diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003emounting height\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003erail standard\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eforward cant\u003c\/strong\u003e, eye relief, and clamping system must all match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: Picatinny\/Weaver rail, optic tube diameter, objective lens diameter, bolt\/charging handle clearance, desired mounting height, 0 MOA forward cant, and whether Torx screw clamping makes sense for your setup.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece cantilever mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e maximizes rigidity through a continuous base and reduces mounting errors.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eTorx screw clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for setups where the optic remains permanently on the weapon.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength aluminum \/ Mil-Spec Type III:\u003c\/strong\u003e constructively relevant for ERATAC mounts because mounting points must absorb recoil and clamping forces.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eWeight-optimized design:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces mass above the weapon and can improve balance and handling.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e0 MOA forward cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially canted forward and the platform is designed for normal distances.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount exists because the connection between glass and weapon must not be improvised. A rifle scope must sit at the correct height, must not shift during recoil, and must be mounted in such a way that eye relief, stock weld, and weapon operation function correctly. T3 Ultralight describes not only a model series but a different operating logic: quick-release, permanently bolted solution, Ultralight, or T7 with ERA-Grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean optic position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mounting height and tube diameter are selected via the variant; this prevents unnecessarily high or too low setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Torx screw clamping reduces improvisation on a safety and precision-relevant component.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan usable forward cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA must match the distance and adjustment range of the scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem accessories possible:\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the series, levels, SWK (Side Windage Knob) or adapters can be integrated directly into the ERATAC interface logic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's Tip: Mounting errors begin before the first shot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNever mount a scope by eye alone. First, set the stock weld and eye relief, then determine the mounting height and position, then align the reticle and tighten the screws with the appropriate torque.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor pre-canted mounts, first check if your scope still has enough downward adjustment travel at your planned zeroing distance. 20 MOA is useful for many long-range setups, but may be unnecessary at short distances with some optics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter every mounting: don't just tighten, but zero and document the point of impact. Repeatability is not theory – it only shows itself after removing, remounting, and firing a control shot.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis one-piece cantilever mount is useful if you don't want to compromise on the connection between weapon and optic. It is particularly suitable for setups where point of impact, mounting height, and repeatable clamping are important: precision rifles, AR10\/AR15 platforms, long-range optics, and hunting weapons with higher optic weight. It is less useful if the variant does not exactly match the optic or if you are only looking for a simple, inexpensive standard mount for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision and long-range setups with carefully selected forward cant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAR and bolt-action platforms with Picatinny\/Weaver rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting weapons with high-quality rifle scopes and a clear mounting height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who consciously select ring diameter, mounting height, and clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptics with a different tube diameter than the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeapons without a suitable Picatinny\/Weaver base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to check mounting height and eye relief\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a cheaper, simple mount is perfectly sufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUltralight mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e sensible when weight and handling play an important role.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eMore massive block mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e often more logical for heaviest optics, extreme continuous loads, or maximum accessory integration.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe right choice does not depend on the brand name, but on tube diameter, mounting height, forward cant, and clamping system.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range \/ Precision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Forward cant and rigid mounting help to make sensible use of the optic's adjustment range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange and Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e repeatable mounting saves troubleshooting for point of impact deviations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting bolt-actions:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean mounting height and eye relief are crucial for quick acquisition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAR platforms:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting height, charging handle clearance, and eye relief must work together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check objective clearance and head position realistically\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDon't just check objective clearance in dry conditions. Dust caps, attachments, neoprene covers, or a thicker barrel can suddenly make the seemingly sufficient distance tight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the mount is chosen very high, the head position changes. This can be useful with a helmet or hearing protection, but on classic hunting stocks, it can lead to a floating head.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e T3 Ultralight – determines clamping logic, weight, and accessory interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece cantilever mount – very rigid and positionally stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e Torx screw clamping – must match frequency of changes, platform, and working method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForward cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA – more forward cant provides more elevation reserve, but does not replace a clean zero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e variant: 30\/10\/0MOA, 30\/15\/0MOA, 30\/20\/0MOA, 30\/23\/0MOA, 30\/15\/20MOA, 30\/20\/20MOA, 30\/22\/20MOA, 30\/25\/20MOA and others.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – Mounts and accessories made in Germany.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece cantilever mount – rifle scope mount for Picatinny\/Weaver platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e Torx screw clamping – determines whether changing speed or permanent bolting is prioritized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForward cant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 MOA – 0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially canted forward and the platform is designed for normal distances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evariant:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30\/10\/0MOA, 30\/15\/0MOA, 30\/20\/0MOA, 30\/23\/0MOA, 30\/15\/20MOA, 30\/20\/20MOA, 30\/22\/20MOA, 30\/25\/20MOA, 34\/14\/0MOA, 34\/17.5\/0MOA, 34\/21.5\/0MOA, 34\/15\/20MOA and others (14 variants) – determines the suitable version, not just the appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Article numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30\/10\/0MOA: T3013-0010; 30\/15\/0MOA: T3013-0015; 30\/20\/0MOA: T3013-0020; 30\/23\/0MOA: T3013-0023; 30\/15\/20MOA: T3013-2015; 30\/20\/20MOA: T3013-2020; 30\/22\/20MOA: T3013-2022; 30\/25\/20MOA: T3013-2025; other variants via selection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Ultralight Cantilever Mount in selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo rifle scope, no Picatinny rail, no torque wrench, no spirit level, no ZFIX and no additional accessories. Accessories for universal or T7 interfaces should only be listed as included if they are explicitly part of the scope of delivery in the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this ERATAC mount fit every weapon?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It requires a suitable Picatinny or Weaver base and must mechanically match the system, ejection port, charging handle, eye relief, and objective lens diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich mounting height should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mounting height must match the stock, optics, objective lens diameter, and shooting stance. Too low can cause contact with the barrel or rail, too high often worsens head position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does forward cant mean in practice?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0 MOA means neutral: sensible if the scope should not be artificially canted forward and the platform is designed for normal distances. Important: forward cant creates elevation reserve but does not replace proper zeroing and matching ballistic data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to re-zero after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After every mounting or change to the optic attachment, the point of impact must be checked and the weapon re-zeroed or confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this mount not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the tube diameter, mounting height, forward cant, or clamping system do not match your setup. A strong mount is only strong if the variant is correctly selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Ultralight Cantilever Mount is a technically clean solution for users who consciously select mounting height, tube diameter, forward cant, and clamping. It is worthwhile when point of impact and system logic are more important than the lowest price. It is not useful if the variant only roughly fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"30\/10\/0MOA","offer_id":57033154593116,"sku":"T3013-0010","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30\/15\/0MOA","offer_id":57033154625884,"sku":"T3013-0015","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30\/20\/0MOA","offer_id":57033154658652,"sku":"T3013-0020","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30\/23\/0MOA","offer_id":57033154691420,"sku":"T3013-0023","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30\/15\/20 MOA","offer_id":57033154724188,"sku":"T3013-2015","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30\/20\/20MOA","offer_id":57033154756956,"sku":"T3013-2020","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30\/22\/20MOA","offer_id":57033154789724,"sku":"T3013-2022","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30\/25\/20MOA","offer_id":57033154822492,"sku":"T3013-2025","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"34\/14\/0 MOA","offer_id":57033154855260,"sku":"T3014-0014","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"34\/17.5\/0MIL","offer_id":57033154888028,"sku":"T3014-0017","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"34\/21.5\/0MOA","offer_id":57033154920796,"sku":"T30134-0021","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"34\/15\/20MOA","offer_id":57033154953564,"sku":"T3014-2015","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"34\/19.5\/20MOA","offer_id":57033154986332,"sku":"T3014-2019","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"34\/23\/20MOA","offer_id":57033155019100,"sku":"T3014-2023","price":269.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/07b44ea1-4c51-4cbd-85a3-da9d7451ea53.png?v=1777375683"},{"product_id":"eratac-reduzierringe-30mm-auf-1-1-paar","title":"ERATAC Reducing Rings for Ultralight Mounts","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Reducing Rings for Ultralight Mounts – Reducing Rings from 30 mm to 1 inch for ERATAC Mounts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall spacers only solve a problem if they fit the system geometry.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC reducing rings for ultralight mounts are ERATAC reducing rings. They are used to allow a scope with a 1-inch main tube to be used in a suitable 30mm mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReducing rings are only useful if the mount, ring geometry, and optic diameter fit exactly. They are not a solution for incorrect build height or incorrect ring position. Variants: Model: T3, T4\/t5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nReducing rings are only useful if the mount, ring geometry, and optic diameter fit exactly. They are not a solution for incorrect build height or incorrect ring position.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: mount series, diameter, build height, screw length, accessory position, and whether the solution is technically cleaner than a suitable main mount.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eFitting part:\u003c\/strong\u003e serves for adaptation within a compatible ERATAC system.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eDefined height\/diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e prevents improvisation with shims or wrong rings.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eSystem logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful when existing mount and optics\/accessories are fundamentally compatible.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eMount control:\u003c\/strong\u003e screw length, contact surface, and even clamping must be checked.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Model: T3, T4\/t5 – determines if T3\/T4\/T5 or 5\/10 mm truly fit.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReducing rings and spacers are not products you buy to sugarcoat an ill-fitting setup. They are useful when the basic geometry is correct and only diameter or height needs to be precisely adjusted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean adaptation:\u003c\/strong\u003e no tinkering with third-party parts or intermediate material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUtilize existing mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful if the mount is high-quality and fundamentally suitable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined change in height\/diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e more reproducible than improvised solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvoid wrong purchase:\u003c\/strong\u003e correct variant prevents incorrect clamping or incorrect axis height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's Tip: Do not improvise with shims\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf a scope slides in the mount or accessories don't sit properly, improvisation with tape, foil, or unsuitable shims is not a clean solution.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFirst, check if you even have the correct mount. Reducing rings and spacers are only useful if they are intended as part of a system.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eERATAC reducing rings for ultralight mounts are useful if you need a defined adjustment within a compatible ERATAC system. They are less useful if you should actually buy a different mount height, a different ring diameter, or a different main system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting ERATAC mounts with suitable series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversion of optics or accessories within a system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkbench and mount control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who want defined dimensions instead of improvisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess useful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncorrect mount series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnclear screw length or insufficient contact surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a different mount would be the better solution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not carefully check clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Reducing Rings for Ultralight Mounts:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful as a defined system part.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eNew suitable mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if basic height or ring diameter were chosen completely incorrectly.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe part is worthwhile if it makes a small, defined adjustment – not if it's meant to save an incorrect mount.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench:\u003c\/strong\u003e cleanly adapt optics\/accessories to existing ERATAC components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e after conversion, check point of impact and secure seating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e only use if the setup remains flat, stable, and handy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e recheck axis height and reticle position after changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Always recheck after adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEvery change to ring diameter or accessory height changes the setup. After mounting, don't just check visually, but check for secure seating, freedom of movement, and point of impact.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith reducing rings, pay particular attention to even clamping. The main tube must not be subjected to localized stress.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e to use a scope with a 1-inch main tube in a suitable 30mm mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reducing rings – adjustment part, not a main system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Model: T3, T4\/t5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical limitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e not a solution for incorrect build height or incompatible mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reducing Rings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Model: T3, T4\/t5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e T3, T4\/t5 – determines the correct version, not just the optics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Article Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e T3: T0991-0001; T4\/t5: T0991-0000.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Reducing Rings for Ultralight Mounts in selected variant, or 1 pair for reducing rings if specified in the variant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo optics, no main mount, no tools, and no additional screws beyond the scope of delivery for the selected variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this part fit every ERATAC mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The series and variant must match. Especially T3, T4\/T5, and T7 must not be confused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a spacer better than a higher mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if a small, defined height adjustment is needed. For fundamentally incorrect height, a suitable mount is cleaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre reducing rings a last resort?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are only clean if they are intended for the mount and clamp evenly. Improvised reductions are not a good solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to re-zero after modification?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every change to optics, ring, mount, or accessory height should be checked with a control shot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is the product not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want to use it to rescue a fundamentally incorrect mount or if the interface is not clearly compatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC reducing rings for ultralight mounts are useful as defined ERATAC system parts. They are not intended to cover up incorrect mounting decisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"T3","offer_id":56867480207708,"sku":"T0991-0001","price":35.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"T4\/t5","offer_id":56867480240476,"sku":"T0991-0000","price":35.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_5ed3a89b-a379-4fa8-8d94-5e9999186659.png?v=1777375682"},{"product_id":"eratac-spacer-bh","title":"ERATAC Spacer, BH","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Spacer, BH – Build Height Spacers for ERATAC Universal Interfaces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall spacers only solve a problem if they fit the system geometry.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC Spacer, BH are ERATAC spacers. They are used to specifically increase the build height of a compatible ERATAC attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSpacers change the height and leverage of accessories. Too many intermediate layers can impair operation and stability. Variants: Height: 10.0 mm, 5.0 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpacers change the height and leverage of accessories. Too many intermediate layers can impair operation and stability.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore buying, check: mounting series, diameter, build height, screw length, accessory position, and whether the solution is technically cleaner than a suitable main mount.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eFitting part:\u003c\/strong\u003e serves to adapt within a compatible ERATAC system.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eDefined height\/diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e prevents improvisation with shims or wrong rings.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eSystem logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e makes sense if existing mount and optics\/accessories are fundamentally compatible.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eMounting control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw length, contact surface and even clamping must be checked.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height: 10.0 mm, 5.0 mm – determines whether T3\/T4\/T5 or 5\/10 mm truly fit.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReducer rings and spacers are not products you buy to sugarcoat an ill-fitting setup. They make sense when the basic geometry is correct and only the diameter or height needs to be specifically adjusted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean adaptation:\u003c\/strong\u003e no tinkering with third-party parts or intermediate material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUtilize existing mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful if the mount is high-quality and fundamentally suitable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined change of height\/diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e more reproducible than improvised solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvoid wrong purchase:\u003c\/strong\u003e correct variant prevents incorrect clamping or wrong axis height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's tip: Do not improvise with shims\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf a riflescope slips in the mount or accessories are not seated properly, improvising with tape, foil or unsuitable shims is not a clean solution.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFirst check whether you have the right mount at all. Reducer rings and spacers only make sense if they are intended as system parts.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eERATAC Spacer, BH are useful if you need a defined adjustment within a compatible ERATAC system. They are less useful if you should actually buy a different mount height, a different ring diameter, or a different main system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting ERATAC mounts with suitable series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversion of optics or accessories within a system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkbench and assembly control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who want defined measurements instead of improvisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess useful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong mount series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnclear screw length or too small contact surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where a different mount would be the better solution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not carefully check clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Spacer, BH:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful as a defined system part.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eNew suitable mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if basic height or ring diameter was completely wrong.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe part is worthwhile if it makes a small defined adjustment – not if it is supposed to save a wrong mount.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench:\u003c\/strong\u003e cleanly adapt optics\/accessories to existing ERATAC components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e after conversion, check point of impact and firm seating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e only use if the setup remains flat, stable and handy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e recheck axis height and reticle position after change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip: Always recheck after adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEvery change to ring diameter or accessory height changes the setup. After mounting, do not just check visually, but check for firm seating, freedom of movement and point of impact.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith reducer rings, pay special attention to even clamping. The main tube must not be subjected to point loads.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026 Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e to specifically increase the build height of a compatible ERATAC attachment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spacer – adaptation part, not main system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height: 10.0 mm, 5.0 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e no solution for wrong build height or incompatible mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spacer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height: 10.0 mm, 5.0 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10.0 mm, 5.0 mm – determines the suitable version, not just the optics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/article numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10.0 mm: T0990-0010; 5.0 mm: T0990-0005.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Spacer, BH in selected variant or 1 pair for reducer rings, if listed in the variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo optics, no main mount, no tools and no additional screws beyond the scope of delivery for the variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this part fit every ERATAC mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The series and variant must match. Especially T3, T4\/T5 and T7 must not be confused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a spacer better than a higher mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if a small, defined height adjustment is needed. For fundamentally incorrect height, a suitable mount is cleaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre reducer rings a makeshift solution?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are only clean if they are intended for the mount and clamp evenly. Improvised reductions are not a good solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to re-zero after conversion?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every change to optics, ring, mount or accessory height should be checked with a control shot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is the product not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want to use it to save a wrong basic mount or if the interface is not clearly compatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC Spacer, BH are useful as defined ERATAC system parts. They are not intended to cover up wrong mounting decisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"10.0 mm","offer_id":56867517792604,"sku":"T0990-0010","price":36.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"5.0 mm","offer_id":56867517825372,"sku":"T0990-0005","price":36.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_94b9907f-dab7-41d5-888b-5133be980202.png?v=1777375680"},{"product_id":"eratac-aufsatz-montageplatte-schnittstellenadapter","title":"ERATAC Scope Mount Base \u0026 Interface Adapter","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Attachment Mounting Plate \u0026amp; Interface Adapter – Adapter Plate for Red Dot, Picatinny or Accessories on ERATAC Mounts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAccessories on an optics mount require a defined interface – not just any free surface.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Attachment Mounting Plate \u0026amp; Interface Adapter is an ERATAC attachment for the ERATAC Universal Interface. It is used to attach red dots, small accessory rails or other devices to the universal interface of a compatible ERATAC mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe crucial point is the interface logic: centric, lateral, offset, height and footprint determine whether the accessory is truly usable. A universal interface does not mean universal for every optic. Footprint, height, lateral\/centric, and screw pattern must match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note regarding classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA universal interface does not mean universal for every optic. Footprint, height, lateral\/centric, and screw pattern must match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: ERATAC series, universal or T7 interface, footprint, screw pattern, height, turret\/eyepiece clearance, right\/left position, and whether additional weight on the optics mount is sensible.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eInterface adapter:\u003c\/strong\u003e creates a defined accessory position directly on the mount.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eCentric or lateral:\u003c\/strong\u003e Position influences sightline, weight balance, and operation.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eFootprint\/screw logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e crucial for Aimpoint ACRO, RMR, Docter\/Noblex, Picatinny or LRF.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eShort design:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces unnecessary additional rails and keeps accessories closer to the optical system.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Alignment: Centric, Offset, Lateral, Lateral 20°; Compatibility: Aimpoint Acro, Trijicon Rmr, Aimpoint Micro, Universal – the choice is crucial for purchase.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese attachments exist because secondary optics and devices can be more effectively positioned closer to the primary optic than somewhere on the handguard. However, this is only true if operation remains unhindered and the mount is not combined with the wrong footprint or incorrect height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccessories close to the optic:\u003c\/strong\u003e short distances for sight, operation, and ballistic data.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose footprint carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e prevents adapter stacking and misaligned mounts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl build height:\u003c\/strong\u003e important for turrets, eyepieces, night vision\/thermal devices, and LRF.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConsciously place weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e accessories change balance and shooting stance more than many expect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's Tip: First set up the primary optic, then plan the accessory device\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDo not first mount the attachment and then look for a position for the riflescope. The primary optic must be correctly seated first: eye relief, height, reticle, and turret access.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly then do you decide whether a red dot, LRF, or Picatinny attachment makes sense centrically, laterally, or offset. Otherwise, you build the setup around an accessory that is actually secondary.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor lateral attachments, check your shooting stance to ensure that your shoulder, cheek weld, and head movement remain reproducible.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC Attachment Mounting Plate \u0026amp; Interface Adapter is strong if you want to specifically expand an existing ERATAC system. It is less useful if you actually need a standalone optics mount or a different interface. Especially for red dots and LRFs, the correct interface is more important than the manufacturer's name.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed dot backup on riflescope mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaser rangefinders\/LRF close to the optic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-range and observation setups with accessories on the mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where handguard positions should remain free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounts without a suitable ERATAC interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncorrect footprint or unclear screw length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVery heavy accessories without balance testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not consciously choose centric\/lateral\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Attachment Mounting Plate \u0026amp; Interface Adapter:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful if the appropriate ERATAC interface is present and the accessory is to be mounted on the optics mount.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eStandalone Picatinny\/M-LOK mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if accessories need to be further forward, lower, or independent of the optic.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe attachment is only worthwhile if it improves operation and does not just add more parts to the rifle.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep LRF\/wind indicator\/bubble level closer to the optical system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e Test offset or top red dot as an addition to the main optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Only use an accessory device if weight and operation fit the shooting stance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check footprint, screw length, and height before mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check screw length and turret clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor red dot footprints, screw length is often the underestimated error. Screws that are too short hold poorly; screws that are too long can damage the device or not clamp completely.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor laser rangefinders, also check whether the Picatinny rail does not block the elevation or windage turret and whether you can reach the controls with gloves.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e To attach red dots, small accessory rails, or other devices to the universal interface of a compatible ERATAC mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterface:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC universal or special mounting interface – not automatically compatible with every mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Alignment: Centric, Offset, Lateral, Lateral 20°; Compatibility: Aimpoint Acro, Trijicon Rmr, Aimpoint Micro, Universal – centric, lateral, offset or height are crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical limitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Additional weight on top or to the side changes balance and shooting stance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check against optic\/red dot\/LRF before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attachment for ERATAC universal interface – accessory interface for compatible mounts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Alignment: Centric, Offset, Lateral, Lateral 20°; Compatibility: Aimpoint Acro, Trijicon Rmr, Aimpoint Micro, Universal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlignment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Centric, Offset, Lateral, Lateral 20° – determines the appropriate version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aimpoint Acro, Trijicon Rmr, Aimpoint Micro, Universal – determines the appropriate version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Article Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Centric \/ Aimpoint Acro: T0981-0005; Centric \/ Trijicon Rmr: T0980-0006; Offset \/ Aimpoint Acro: T0981-0000; Offset \/ Trijicon Rmr: T0980-0000; Lateral \/ Aimpoint Micro: T0970-0000; Lateral 20° \/ Universal: T0960-0005.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Attachment Mounting Plate \u0026amp; Interface Adapter in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo red dot, no laser rangefinder, no optic, no ERATAC main mount, and no other accessories. Screws\/adapters are only included as they belong to the selected variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the attachment fit every ERATAC mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It only fits the designated ERATAC interface or series. T7 and T4\/T5 interfaces must not be confused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is more important: footprint or manufacturer name?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe footprint is crucial. An Aimpoint, RMR, Docter, or Picatinny attachment must mechanically match the device precisely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eShould a secondary red dot be mounted centrally or laterally?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentric is often cleaner for top-mount logic; lateral can be faster for offset use. This depends on the primary optic, shooting stance, and training.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the attachment affect the point of impact?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt does not directly change the primary optic, but it can alter weight and balance. After mounting and adding an accessory, the setup should be checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this product not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the interface does not fit, the accessory is too heavy, or the operation of turrets, eyepiece, or magnification ring is blocked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Attachment Mounting Plate \u0026amp; Interface Adapter is useful if you want to cleanly integrate accessories onto a compatible ERATAC mount. The interface, footprint, height, and usability are crucial – not just the idea of \"adding something else.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Concentric \/ Aimpoint Acro","offer_id":56867543384412,"sku":"T0981-0005","price":67.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Concentric \/ Trijicon RMR","offer_id":56867543417180,"sku":"T0980-0006","price":67.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Offset \/ Aimpoint Acro","offer_id":56867543449948,"sku":"T0981-0000","price":72.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Offset \/ Trijicon RMR","offer_id":56867543482716,"sku":"T0980-0000","price":72.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lateral \/ Aimpoint Micro","offer_id":56867543515484,"sku":"T0970-0000","price":72.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lateral 20° \/ Universal","offer_id":56867543548252,"sku":"T0960-0005","price":62.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_e090a47d-0299-436d-8a6c-049a1a0bcb6f.png?v=1777375679"},{"product_id":"eratac-notvisier","title":"ERATAC Emergency Sight for Universal Interface – Lumifix \u0026 Steel","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Emergency Sight for Universal Interface – Lumifix \u0026amp; Steel – Emergency Sight for ERATAC Universal Interface with 1-MOA Click Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the main optic fails, an emergency sight is only useful if it is accessible and zeroed.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC Emergency Sight for Universal Interface – Lumifix \u0026amp; Steel is a mechanical ERATAC emergency sight for compatible universal interfaces on ERATAC mounts. Depending on the variant, it comes with a steel front sight post or a red Lumifix luminous front sight post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not a classic Picatinny backup sight, but a solution for the ERATAC universal interface on the optic mount. Therefore, the mount series must fit, and the sight must be clearly visible when shouldered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore purchasing, check: ERATAC universal interface, mount series, space above the optic, line of sight, front sight variant, operability of the turrets, and whether the emergency sight can be zeroed after mounting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVariants: Size: M.lumifix-leuchtkorn, M. Stahl-balkenkorn.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUniversal interface:\u003c\/strong\u003e uses compatible ERATAC mounts instead of a separate Picatinny rail.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e1-MOA click adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e elevation and windage can be adjusted in defined steps.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003e240 cm \/ 100 m adjustment range according to ERATAC:\u003c\/strong\u003e large range for adjusting the mechanical reserve.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eSteel or Lumifix front sight:\u003c\/strong\u003e variant decides between a classic front sight post and a more visible luminous insert.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eOptic-adjacent reserve:\u003c\/strong\u003e emergency sight sits directly on the mounting system and saves an additional rail position.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis emergency sight exists for setups where a classic Picatinny backup sight is not practical or possible. It brings a mechanical fallback level directly to compatible ERATAC mounts – but must be taken as seriously as any other sighting system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical reserve:\u003c\/strong\u003e independent of electronics or battery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined click adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e not just roughly mounted, but adjustable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount-adjacent:\u003c\/strong\u003e uses existing ERATAC interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant choice:\u003c\/strong\u003e steel front sight or Lumifix depending on visibility and use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor Tip: Don't just mount the emergency sight – zero it\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAn emergency sight that has never been zeroed is not a backup. After mounting, the point of impact must be checked and documented.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAlso check if you can clearly see and operate the sight with the main optic, caps, and accessories mounted.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor Lumifix variants, test visibility in different light conditions. A luminous front sight is no substitute for illumination or training.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC Emergency Sight for Universal Interface is useful if you want a mechanical reserve directly on the ERATAC mounting system. It is less useful if your mount does not have a suitable interface or if a classic Picatinny backup sight would be more accessible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eERATAC mounts with universal interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision and range setups with a mechanical fallback level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who actually zero backup systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where Picatinny backup sights have no space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess useful for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounts without a suitable universal interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not zero the emergency sight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where the line of sight is blocked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplications where a classic Picatinny sight is more logical\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Emergency Sight for Universal Interface – Lumifix \u0026amp; Steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful as a mechanical reserve on a compatible ERATAC universal interface.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003ePicatinny backup sight:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if a free rail is available and the sight line is to be set up classically.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe product is only worthwhile if the interface, line of sight, and zeroing are actually planned.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e realistically train for main optic failure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e mechanical reserve for emergency operation on the mounting system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e only useful if the line of sight and operation are practical in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench:\u003c\/strong\u003e check setup with optic, caps, and accessories for clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Simulate line of sight before purchase\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nHold the weapon with the mounted optic in the actual shooting position and check if a sight on the mount would even be practically accessible.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith tall turrets, large eyepieces, or left-sided illumination, an otherwise suitable interface may be practically difficult to use.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterface:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC Universal Interface – not Picatinny.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClick value:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 MOA – approximately 2.91 cm at 100 m per click.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 240 cm \/ 100 m according to ERATAC – relevant for zeroing the emergency sight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Size: M.lumifix-leuchtkorn, M. Stahl-balkenkorn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical limitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e only useful if zeroed and visibly mounted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Emergency sight for universal interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClick value:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 MOA – approx. 2.91 cm at 100 m.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 240 cm \/ 100 m according to ERATAC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Size: M.lumifix-leuchtkorn, M. Stahl-balkenkorn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e M.lumifix-leuchtkorn, M. Stahl-balkenkorn – determines the suitable version, not just the appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Article numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e M.lumifix-leuchtkorn: T0953-0016; M. Stahl-balkenkorn: T0952-0016.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Emergency Sight for Universal Interface – Lumifix \u0026amp; Steel in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo ERATAC main mount, no optic, no Picatinny rail, and no tools. The appropriate universal interface must be present.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the emergency sight fit all ERATAC mounts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It only fits compatible ERATAC universal interfaces. Do not confuse with T7 and other interfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the emergency sight need to be zeroed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Without zeroing, it is not a reliable reserve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does 1 MOA click value mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 MOA corresponds to approximately 2.91 cm at 100 m. This allows the emergency sight to be precisely corrected in elevation and windage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSteel front sight or Lumifix – what is more practical?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel is classic and clear, Lumifix can be visible faster in certain light conditions. The choice depends on use and lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this emergency sight not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the interface is missing, the line of sight is blocked, or a classic Picatinny emergency sight fits better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Emergency Sight for Universal Interface is a serious mechanical reserve for suitable ERATAC setups. It is only strong when visibly mounted and zeroed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"M.lumifix illuminated dot","offer_id":56867904192860,"sku":"T0953-0016","price":259.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"M. steel beam core","offer_id":56867904225628,"sku":"T0952-0016","price":259.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_842a57fc-b0ea-4945-8145-20752903000a.jpg?v=1777375676"},{"product_id":"eratac-schusswinkelkompensator-swk-halter-mit-libelle","title":"ERATAC Angle Degree Indicator \u0026 ADI Mount with Bubble Level","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Angle Cosine Indicator \u0026amp; ACI Holder with Level – Angle Cosine Indicator and Level Holder for Precise Long-Range Setups\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn steep terrain and at long distances, angle and cant are real sources of error.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC Angle Cosine Indicator \u0026amp; ACI Holder with Level is an ERATAC holder or angle cosine indicator\/level module for optic mounts and precise long-range setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn ACI or a level does not calculate or shoot for you. Angle information and rifle position must be correctly applied in ballistics, holdover, or turret adjustment. Variants and dimensions must match the existing rail, mount, or platform: Version: Mil Spec, Standard, Holder with Level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAn ACI or a level does not calculate or shoot for you. Angle information and rifle position must be correctly applied in ballistics, holdover, or turret adjustment.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: interface, mounting position, visibility in the shooting position, compatibility with the existing ERATAC\/Picatinny base, tools, and actual intended use.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eAngle Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps with uphill or downhill shots where horizontal distance is critical.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eLevel:\u003c\/strong\u003e makes cant visible and reduces lateral deviation due to a crooked rifle position.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eMount-Adjacent System:\u003c\/strong\u003e sits close to the optic and remains easier to control in the shooting position.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eUNIVERSAL Interface Logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits compatible ERATAC mounts and accessory positions.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eDistance Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e particularly relevant for long-range, mountain hunting, and steep shooting angles.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product solves a small but practically relevant interface problem. It is not a main system, but a component that makes mounting, operation, or control more reliable. The key is whether it is visible, accessible, and compatible with your actual setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eError Prevention:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces typical mounting or operating errors when used correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem Integration:\u003c\/strong\u003e complements existing ERATAC\/Picatinny setups instead of replacing an entire platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproducibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps to repeat settings and procedures more cleanly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful for users who not only mount equipment but also use it in a controlled manner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's Tip: Small parts cause big problems if used incorrectly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBefore the first live use, check not only if the part fits, but if you can actually use it in the shooting position. A level that is not visible, or a control element that cannot be reached with gloves, provides no real advantage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter mounting, always check function, free movement, and secure fit. Accessories on rails and mounts, in particular, can come loose due to recoil, transport, or frequent handling if they were only tightened by feel.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC Angle Cosine Indicator \u0026amp; ACI Holder with Level is useful if you want to solve exactly this interface problem and compatibility has been clarified in advance. It is less useful if you expect a small accessory part to compensate for fundamental mounting, shooting, or operating errors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange and precision setups with repeatable mounting work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHunting rifles with a deliberately designed optics\/accessory logic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkbench, mounting, zeroing, and control shots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not want to ignore small system errors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers without a suitable interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where the component is not visible or accessible in the shooting position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not perform mounting and control cleanly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCases where a different main system is actually needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Angle Cosine Indicator \u0026amp; ACI Holder with Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful as a precise accessory for an existing setup.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eImprovised Solution:\u003c\/strong\u003e cheaper, but often less reproducible and more prone to errors.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe product is worthwhile if it solves a real problem: alignment, display, attachment, or operation. Without a suitable interface, it is the wrong part.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench \/ Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean alignment, checking, and retrofitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e control of position, function, or accessory position under real recoil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e a useful addition if operation and visibility in the shooting position are suitable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e particularly relevant for angle, cant, and mounting errors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Do not infer compatibility from the name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nERATAC parts sometimes look similar but work with different interfaces. Check SKU, height, diameter, and interface – not just the product image or heading.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor accessories on optic mounts, also check whether turrets, parallax wheel, illumination unit, or magnification ring remain freely operable.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eACI\/SWK:\u003c\/strong\u003e Angle Cosine Indicator for estimating the angle and effective horizontal distance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevel:\u003c\/strong\u003e visible control against canting in the shooting position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Position:\u003c\/strong\u003e must be positioned so that it remains readable in the shooting position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e the display does not replace ballistic data or clean shooting technique.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariant Logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Version: Mil Spec, Standard, Holder with Level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel – Accessories for mounting, sighting, and weapon platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e ACI\/Level Holder – Special component for defined interfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Version: Mil Spec, Standard, Holder with Level – selection must match the setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersion:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mil Spec, Standard, Holder with Level – determines the suitable version, not just the appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Item Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mil Spec: T0941-0001; Standard: T0941-0000; Holder with Level: T0940-0002.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Angle Cosine Indicator \u0026amp; ACI Holder with Level in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo weapon, no optics, no main mount, no torque wrench, and no other accessories. Only include additional parts if they are expressly part of the scope of delivery in the specific variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the product fit every ERATAC mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. ERATAC uses different interfaces and series. Check the item number, diameter, height, and interface of your mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to perform a function test after mounting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Accessories and safety-relevant parts must be checked for secure fit, free movement, and function after mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this product equally suitable for hunting and sport?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if the function matches the setup. For hunting, quick operation and minimal disturbance are important; for sport, reproducibility and precise control are often key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the product compensate for mounting errors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It can control or supplement, but it does not replace proper basic mounting, suitable height, or correct torques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this product not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the interface does not fit or you cannot utilize the benefit in the shooting position. In that case, a different accessory or mount is a better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Angle Cosine Indicator \u0026amp; ACI Holder with Level is a useful special part if the interface, function, and application truly match. It is not a universal remedy but a precise component for cleanly built setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Military Specification","offer_id":56868034642268,"sku":"T0941-0001","price":383.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Standard","offer_id":56868034675036,"sku":"T0941-0000","price":311.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Holder with spirit level","offer_id":56868034707804,"sku":"T0940-0002","price":83.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_46294ff4-e33d-46c8-9716-45af95162af1.jpg?v=1777375675"},{"product_id":"eratac-aufsatz","title":"ERATAC Mount","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Attachment – Adapter Plate for Red Dot, Picatinny, or Accessories on ERATAC Mounts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAccessories on an optics mount require a defined interface – not just any free space.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Attachment is an ERATAC attachment for the ERATAC universal interface. It is used to mount red dots, small accessory rails, or other devices to the universal interface of a compatible ERATAC mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe crucial point is the interface logic: centric, lateral, cranked, overall height, and footprint determine whether the accessory fits and functions correctly. Universal interface does not mean universal for every optic. Footprint, overall height, lateral\/centric position, and bolt pattern must match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant Note for Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nUniversal interface does not mean universal for every optic. Footprint, overall height, lateral\/centric position, and bolt pattern must match.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchase, check: ERATAC series, universal or T7 interface, footprint, bolt pattern, overall height, turret\/eyepiece clearance, right\/left position, and whether additional weight on the optics mount is advisable.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eInterface Adapter:\u003c\/strong\u003e creates a defined accessory position directly on the mount.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eCentric or Lateral:\u003c\/strong\u003e position influences sight line, weight balance, and operation.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eFootprint\/Bolt Pattern Logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e crucial for Aimpoint ACRO, RMR, Docter\/Noblex, Picatinny, or LRF.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eShort Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces unnecessary extra rail and keeps accessories closer to the optical system.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Size: Docter Attachment, Lateral, Docter-sight Attachment, Centric, Picatinny Attachment, Lateral – the choice is crucial for purchase.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese attachments exist because secondary optics and devices can be more effectively positioned closer to the main optic than somewhere on the handguard. However, this is only true if operation remains unobstructed and the mount is not combined with an incorrect footprint or height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccessories close to the optic:\u003c\/strong\u003e short distances for sight, operation, and ballistic data.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean footprint selection:\u003c\/strong\u003e prevents adapter stacking and misaligned mounts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl overall height:\u003c\/strong\u003e important for turrets, eyepiece, night vision\/thermal devices, and LRF.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConsciously set weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e additional devices change balance and shooting stance more than many expect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's Tip: First set up the main optic, then plan the accessory device\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDo not mount the attachment first and then look for a position for the scope. The main optic must be correctly positioned first: eye relief, height, reticle, and turret access.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly then do you decide whether a red dot, LRF, or Picatinny attachment is useful centrally, laterally, or cranked. Otherwise, you build the setup around an accessory that is actually secondary.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor lateral attachments, check in position whether shoulder, cheek weld, and head movement remain reproducible.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur Assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC Attachment is strong if you want to specifically expand an existing ERATAC system. It is less useful if you actually need a standalone optics mount or a different interface. Especially with red dots and LRFs, the correct interface is more important than the manufacturer's name.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed dot backup on scope mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaser rangefinders\/LRF close to the optic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-range and observation setups with accessories on the mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where handguard positions should remain clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounts without a suitable ERATAC interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncorrect footprint or unclear screw length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVery heavy accessory devices without balance check\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not consciously choose centric\/lateral\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Attachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful if the appropriate ERATAC interface is available and the accessory should be placed on the optics mount.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eStandalone Picatinny\/M-LOK Mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if accessories need to be further forward, lower, or independent of the optic.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe attachment is only worthwhile if it improves operation and not just adds more parts to the rifle.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep LRF\/SWK\/level closer to the optical system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e Test offset or top red dot as an addition to the main optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Only use an accessory device if weight and operation fit the shooting stance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench:\u003c\/strong\u003e Match footprint, screw length, and height before mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check Screw Length and Turret Clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWith red dot footprints, screw length is often the underestimated error. Screws that are too short hold poorly, screws that are too long can damage the device or not clamp completely.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor laser rangefinders, additionally check if the Picatinny rail does not block the elevation or windage turret and if you can reach the controls with gloves.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e To attach red dots, small accessory rails, or other devices to the universal interface of a compatible ERATAC mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterface:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC universal or special mount interface – not automatically compatible with every mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Size: Docter Attachment, Lateral, Docter-sight Attachment, Centric, Picatinny Attachment, Lateral – centric, lateral, cranked, or overall height are crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Additional weight on top or laterally changes balance and shooting stance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e compare with optic\/red dot\/LRF before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attachment for ERATAC Universal Interface – accessory interface for compatible mounts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Size: Docter Attachment, Lateral, Docter-sight Attachment, Centric, Picatinny Attachment, Lateral.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Docter Attachment, Lateral, Docter-sight Attachment, Centric, Picatinny Attachment, Lateral – determines the suitable version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Article Numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Docter Attachment, Lateral: T0930-0000; Docter-sight Attachment, Centric: T0920-0005; Picatinny Attachment, Lateral: T0913-0000.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Attachment in selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo red dot, no laser rangefinder, no optic, no ERATAC main mount, and no further accessories. Screws\/adapters are only included if they belong to the selected variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the attachment fit on every ERATAC mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It only fits on the designated ERATAC interface or series. T7 and T4\/T5 interfaces must not be confused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is more important: footprint or manufacturer name?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe footprint is crucial. An Aimpoint, RMR, Docter, or Picatinny attachment must mechanically match the device exactly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eShould an auxiliary red dot be centric or lateral?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentric is often cleaner for top-mount logic, lateral can be faster for offset use. This depends on the main optic, shooting stance, and training.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the attachment affect the point of impact?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt does not directly change the main optic, but it can change weight and balance. After mounting and adding the accessory, the setup should be checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this product not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the interface does not fit, the accessory is too heavy, or operation of turrets, eyepiece, or magnification ring is blocked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Attachment is useful if you want to cleanly integrate accessories onto a compatible ERATAC mount. The interface, footprint, height, and usability are crucial – not just the idea of \"adding something else\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"Docter sight, Side-mounted","offer_id":56868210573660,"sku":"T0930-0000","price":67.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Docter-sight attachment, centric","offer_id":56868210606428,"sku":"T0920-0005","price":64.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Picatinny Mount, Side","offer_id":56868210639196,"sku":"T0913-0000","price":67.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_8c4e8460-21bf-435e-b3c4-e4599d377c2c.jpg?v=1777375674"},{"product_id":"eratac-picatinny-aufsatz-fur-wilcox-raptar","title":"ERATAC Picatinny Mount for Wilcox-Raptar","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.br-product{font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;line-height:1.6;color:#222;}\n.br-product h2{font-size:1.2rem;margin-top:28px;}\n.br-product ul{padding-left:18px;}\n.br-product .info-box{background:#ffdddd;border-left:6px solid #c40000;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .tip-box{background:#eef6ff;border-left:6px solid #2a6fdb;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .trust-box{background:#eaf7ea;border-left:6px solid #2f8f2f;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product .compare-box{background:#f5f5f5;border-left:6px solid #444;padding:12px;margin:20px 0;}\n.br-product details{background:#f2f2f2;padding:10px;margin-bottom:8px;border-radius:4px;}\n.br-product summary{font-weight:600;cursor:pointer;}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"br-product\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eERATAC Picatinny attachment for Wilcox-Raptar – Picatinny attachment for laser rangefinders on optics mounts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAccessories on an optics mount need a defined interface – not just any free space.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ERATAC Picatinny attachment for Wilcox-Raptar is an ERATAC Picatinny attachment for Wilcox RAPTAR \/ laser rangefinders. It is used to position laser rangefinders such as Wilcox RAPTAR close to the optic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe crucial point is the interface logic: centric, lateral, cranked, overall height, and footprint determine whether the accessory is truly usable. The height must be chosen so that adjustment turrets, eyepiece, objective lens, and controls remain unobstructed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImportant note for classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe height must be chosen so that adjustment turrets, eyepiece, objective lens, and controls remain unobstructed.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore purchasing, check: ERATAC series, universal or T7 interface, footprint, screw pattern, overall height, turret\/eyepiece clearance, right\/left position, and whether additional weight on the optics mount is sensible.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"trust-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this product technically special:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eInterface adapter:\u003c\/strong\u003e creates a defined accessory position directly on the mount.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eCentric or lateral:\u003c\/strong\u003e position influences sight line, weight balance, and operation.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eFootprint\/screw logic:\u003c\/strong\u003e crucial for Aimpoint ACRO, RMR, Docter\/Noblex, Picatinny, or LRF.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eShort design:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces unnecessary additional rail and keeps accessories closer to the optical system.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Size: Bh35 for Wilcox-raptar, Bh25 for Wilcox-raptar, Bh14 for Wilcox-raptar – the choice is crucial for purchase.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this product?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese attachments exist because secondary optics and devices can be more effectively positioned close to the primary optic than anywhere on the handguard. However, this only applies if operation remains unobstructed and the mount is not combined with the wrong footprint or height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccessory close to the optic:\u003c\/strong\u003e short distances for sight, operation, and ballistic data.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose footprint carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e prevents adapter stacking and misaligned mounts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl overall height:\u003c\/strong\u003e important for turrets, eyepiece, night vision\/thermal devices, and LRF.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConsciously add weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e additional devices change balance and shooting posture more than many expect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstructor's Tip: First set up primary optic, then plan accessory device\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDon't mount the attachment first and then look for a position for the scope. The primary optic must be correctly positioned first: eye relief, height, reticle, and turret access.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly then do you decide whether a red dot, LRF, or Picatinny attachment is sensible centrally, laterally, or cranked. Otherwise, you'll build the setup around an accessory that is actually secondary.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor lateral attachments, check in the shooting posture if shoulder, cheek weld, and head movement remain reproducible.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur assessment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERATAC Picatinny attachment for Wilcox-Raptar is strong if you want to specifically expand an existing ERATAC system. It is less useful if you actually need a standalone optics mount or a different interface. Especially for red dots and LRFs, the correct interface is more important than the manufacturer's name.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed dot backup on scope mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaser rangefinders\/LRF close to the optic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-range and observation setups with accessories on the mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups where handguard positions should remain clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounts without a suitable ERATAC interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncorrect footprint or unclear screw length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVery heavy accessories without balance checking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers who do not consciously choose between central\/lateral\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"compare-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eERATAC Picatinny attachment for Wilcox-Raptar:\u003c\/strong\u003e sensible if the suitable ERATAC interface is present and the accessory is to be mounted on the optics mount.\u003cbr\u003e\n✔ \u003cstrong\u003eStandalone Picatinny\/M-LOK mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e better if accessories need to be further forward, lower, or independent of the optic.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe attachment is only worthwhile if it improves operation and doesn't just add more parts to the rifle.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep LRF\/SWK\/spirit level closer to the optical system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e Test an offset or top red dot as a complement to the primary optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHunting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Only use an accessory device if its weight and operation are suitable in the shooting posture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench:\u003c\/strong\u003e Match footprint, screw length, and height before mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"tip-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip: Check screw length and turret clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor red dot footprints, screw length is often the underestimated error. Screws that are too short won't hold well, and screws that are too long can damage the device or not clamp completely.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor laser rangefinders, also check whether the Picatinny rail blocks the elevation or windage turret and whether you can reach the controls with gloves.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e To position laser rangefinders such as Wilcox RAPTAR close to the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterface:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC universal or special mount interface – not automatically compatible with every mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Size: Bh35 for Wilcox-raptar, Bh25 for Wilcox-raptar, Bh14 for Wilcox-raptar – centric, lateral, cranked, or overall height are crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Additional weight on top or on the side changes balance and shooting posture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e compare with optic\/red dot\/LRF before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERATAC \/ Recknagel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picatinny attachment for Wilcox RAPTAR \/ laser rangefinder – accessory interface for compatible mounts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Size: Bh35 for Wilcox-raptar, Bh25 for Wilcox-raptar, Bh14 for Wilcox-raptar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bh35 for Wilcox-raptar, Bh25 for Wilcox-raptar, Bh14 for Wilcox-raptar – determines the suitable version, not just the optic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\/Article numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bh35 for Wilcox-raptar: T0910-0035; Bh25 for Wilcox-raptar: T0910-0025; Bh14 for Wilcox-raptar: T0910-0014.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ERATAC Picatinny attachment for Wilcox-Raptar in the selected variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"info-box\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo red dot, no laser rangefinder, no optic, no ERATAC main mount, and no other accessories. Screws\/adapters are only included as far as they belong to the selected variant.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the attachment fit on every ERATAC mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It only fits on the designated ERATAC interface or series. T7 and T4\/T5 interfaces must not be confused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is more important: footprint or manufacturer's name?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe footprint is crucial. An Aimpoint, RMR, Docter, or Picatinny attachment must mechanically fit the device precisely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eShould an additional red dot be positioned centrally or laterally?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentric is often cleaner for top-mount logic, lateral can be faster for offset use. This depends on the primary optic, shooting posture, and training.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the attachment affect the point of impact?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt does not directly change the primary optic, but it can change weight and balance. After mounting and adding the accessory, the setup should be checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen is this product not useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the interface does not fit, the accessory is too heavy, or the operation of turrets, eyepiece, or magnification ring is blocked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ERATAC Picatinny attachment for Wilcox-Raptar is useful if you want to cleanly integrate accessories onto a compatible ERATAC mount. The interface, footprint, height, and usability are crucial – not just the idea of \"adding something else\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ERATAC","offers":[{"title":"BH35 for Wilcox raptor","offer_id":56868985045340,"sku":"T0910-0035","price":114.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bh25 For Wilcox-raptar","offer_id":56868985078108,"sku":"T0910-0025","price":109.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bh14 For Wilcox-raptor","offer_id":56868985110876,"sku":"T0910-0014","price":101.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/files\/image_a1681b1d-27f6-4475-a065-1af0805a771a.jpg?v=1777375672"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0939\/6089\/6860\/collections\/images_b363884d-9303-48d8-8e30-5ad56b2a506b.png?v=1778590287","url":"https:\/\/black-raptor.de\/en\/collections\/eratac-recknagel.oembed","provider":"Black Raptor","version":"1.0","type":"link"}